您的位置：360文档中心› 初中英语完形填空练习题(含答案)

初中英语完形填空练习题(含答案)

合集下载

初一英语完形填空专项练习(30篇)答案

初一英语完形填空专项练习(30篇)答案

初中英语完型填空30篇答案1【分析】这是一篇记叙文，主要介绍作者小时候和父亲的关系总是有点麻烦，但是他们都彼此爱着对方，后来作者需要移植肾脏，父亲毫不犹豫把他的肾脏送给了我．我试着拒绝，但是他不听．我病好后组建了自己的乐队，这也是父亲年轻时遗憾没有做到的事情，这是我送给他的最好的礼物之一．【解答】1．B．考查形容词．A特别的．B不同的．C私人的．D必要的．句意"只是我们过去有__意见"．根据第一句My father and I always had a bit of trouble in our relationship我父亲和我在我们的关系中总是有点麻烦．可知，应该是"不同的"．选B．2．D．考查名词．A音乐家．B教练．C演员．D梦想家．句意"我爸爸是我认识的最勤奋的人之一，但我是个__．"．可知，应该是"梦想家"．选D．3．A．考查搭配．give up放弃．give out分发．give off发出．give away赠送．句意"我小时候做过运动，但在进步的时候__了．"．可知，应该是"放弃"．选A．4．D．考查名词．A说明．B影响．C增加．D兴趣．句意"我对音乐展现出__．"．根据上一句 I played sports as a kid，but gave up when I was making progress我小时候做过运动，但在进步的时候放弃了．可知，应该是"兴趣"．选D．5．C．考查动词．A期盼．B扔掉．C买．D赞美．句意"当我八岁的时候，父亲兴奋地给我__了一把吉他"．可知，应该是"买"．选C．6．A．考查动词．A开始．B后悔．C完成．D意思是．句意"在那十年里，我拿起吉他__演奏．"．可知，对吉他感兴趣，应该是"开始"．选A．7．B．考查名词．A爱好．B学习．C技能．D选择．句意"我父亲认为我应该更多地关注我的__．"．根据上一句Then I went to college然后我上了大学．可知，应该是"学习"．选B．8．C．考查副词．A类似地．B几乎不．C认真地、严重地．D有害地．句意"有一天我突然病倒了，发现我患了一种___肾病．"．可知，应该是"严重地"．选C．9．D．考查名词．A同意．B运动．C争论．D治疗．句意"我得接受__，或者接受移植手术．"．可知，得了严重的肾病，应该是"治疗"．选D．10．A．考查名词．A重量、重担．A缺点．C不相信．D警告．句意"我感觉有一个重__在我的肩膀上"．可知，得了病心里有负担，应该是"重担"．选A．11．B．考查动词．A提供．B鼓励．C买得起．D经营．句意"但我很幸运，因为我亲爱的父母__我照顾我．"．可知，应该是"鼓励"．选B．12．A．考查动词．A决定．B表现．C建造．D怀疑．句意"当我试图__如何处理我的生活时"．根据9空处I had to accept treatments all my life，or get a transplant我必须接受治疗，或者接受移植手术．可知，应该是"决定"．选A．13．B．考查连词．A怎么．B是否．C为什么．D什么．句意"我父亲做了测试，确认他__是给我肾脏的合适人选．"．可知，应该是"是否"．选B．14．D．考查搭配．A每个．B全部．C许多的．D没人、根本不．句意"但他__听"．根据上一句I tried to refuse我试图拒绝．可知，父亲要为作者捐肾脏，应该是"根本不"．选D．15．C．考查副词．A几乎．B完全地．C从不．D主要地．句意"他一直想在乐队里演奏，但他年轻时__有机会．"．but但是，表示转折，应该是"从未"．选C．2【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信，大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈，所以要写信表达．大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一．他的爸爸总是努力地工作．他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意．他照顾爷爷奶奶，帮助大卫学习．大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉．为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢．为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴．【解答】36．D 考查介词及语境的理解．A． in 在……里B． at 在……（时间点，地点）C． By直到，通过（方式）D． On在……上面；在某一天；根据后面this special day特殊的一天，具体某一天．故选D．37．C 考查动名词及语境的理解．A．talking谈论B．saying 说（后面是说的话）C．telling告诉D． speaking讲（语言）；根据 I am not good at （37）you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法，告诉想法．故选C．38．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A高兴；B爱；C梦想；D建议；根据前面是爸爸的生日，应该是展示我对你的爱，故选择B．39．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A妈妈；B爸爸；C兄弟；D姐妹；根据上文，David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一，可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪．故选B．40．A 考查副词及语境的理解．A．never从不B．often经常；C．already已经D．always总是；根据上下文可以判断，David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人，可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人．故选A．41．C 考查动词及语境的理解．A给；B使；C开；D得到；根据后面to school，应该是开车送我去上学，故选择C．42．B 考查副词和语境的理解．A非常，相当；B硬，努力；C仅仅；D几乎，差不多；根据前面work工作，应该是努力工作，故选择B．43．A 考查形容词和语境的理解．A开心；B和蔼；C伤心；D生气；根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上，应该是开心的；故选择A．44．D 考查动词及语境的理解．A带来；B拿；C携带；D展示；you my love before，应该是向你展示我的爱，故选择D．45．C 考查连词及语境的理解．A或者；B但是；C所以；D然后；根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father．（45）now I can let you know how much I love you．我很幸运，我有这样一个伟大的父亲．（45）现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你．因果关系，故选择C．3【分析】本文说的是数字与好运的关系．数字在不同的国家有不用的意义．在中国，有人认为某些数字能给人带来好运，而有人并不这样认为．文章举例说明了这个问题．【解答】（1）A 考查短语．A．good luck 好运B．bad luck坏运气C．help帮助D．hope 希望，根据下文" Take "8" for example，the Chinese pronunciation of the number "8" hasalmost the（2）sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa：]"，which means making a fortune"可知，某些人认为数字8能给他们带来"好运"，句意：在中国，有些人认为某些数字能给他们带来好运．故选A．（2）B 考查形容词．A．different不同的B．same相同的C．easy容易的D．hard苦难的，根据句中的" has almost the…sound as that of the Chinese character "发[fa：]""可知，两个字的发音几乎"相同"，句意：以数字8为例，有些人认为它和"发"几乎同音，故选B．（3）B 考查名词．A．time时间B．money钱C．things事情D．jobs工作，根据句中的"spend"和"to get their telephone numbers or car numbers to include this number‘8'"可知，为了购买含有这个数字8的电话号码或汽车号码，就必须花费"金钱"，句意：因此很多中国人花费很多金钱购买含有这个数字"8"的电话号码或汽车号码，故选B．（4）C 考查形容词．A．no没有 B．some一些 C．any任一 D．nothing没事，根据题干，可知空格处为定语，修饰介宾（名词）doubt，故填形容词．without any doubt毫不怀疑地．句意：他们毫不怀疑地相信，这个数字会给他们带来钱财，故选C．（5）A 考查连词．A．However然而B．But但是C．Finally最后D．Moreover而且，根据题干，可知是指：然而，另外一些人并不相信数字跟好运有任何关系．本句和上文在意思和语气上有转折关系，表示两种截然不同的观点，故选A．（6）C 考查形容词．A．other其他的，泛指，单数B．the other其他的，特指C．another 另一；再一D．others其他的，泛指，复数，根据句中的"one"可知，两个句子涉及"one…another"，意思是"一个……另一个……"，句意：数字是一回事，好运是另一回事，故选C．（7）A 考查代词．A．How如何 B．What什么 C．Why为什么 D．When什么时间，根据题干，可知空格处为状语，且表示方式，故用how引导特殊疑问句，句意：仅仅依靠某些幸运数字，你怎么能有好运呢？，故选A．（8）A 考查动词．A．agree同意 B．disagree不同意 C．dislike不喜欢 D．like喜欢，根据句中的"with"可知，本句是agree with句型，表示"同意某人的观点"．根据下文" Clearly，lucky numbers are only a kind of superstition"也可验证此处的意思，句意：至于我，我同意后者，故选A．（9）C 考查副词．A．often经常 B．always总是 C．never从不 D．sometimes有时，根据题干，可知空格处为状语，故填副词．根据句中的"at all"可知，空格处为表示否定意义的副词，句意：数字根本不能给人带来好运，并且我们的命运掌握在自己的手中，故选C．（10）C 考查形容词．A．clever聪明的 B．lucky幸运的 C．prepared准备好的D．helpful有帮助的，根据常识可知，本句是一句人人皆知的名言，且空格处表示"有准备的；做好准备的"，句意：机会总是属于有准备的人，故选C．4【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 BDADA 41﹣45 ABABD5【分析】题讲述了一个故事，很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来，并一直为未来担忧，一天晚上他独自在村外走路，想到星星预示着世界末日，便陷入沉思不能自拔，然后突然掉到臭水沟里，他尽力想爬出来，但是他做不到，只好呼救，被村里人救出之后，一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情，不要老想一些不着边际的事情，告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下．【解答】（1）A．考查副词及语境理解．A骄傲地；B容易地；C开心地；D幸运地；根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家，故答案为A．（2）D．考查名词及语境理解．A海洋；B太阳；C月亮；D天空；根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，这里应该是凝视天空，故答案为D．（3）B．考查介词及语境理解．A附近；B沿着；C在…上方；D和；根据he was walking 可知一天晚上，他沿着村外的小路散步时，walk along沿着…走；故答案为B．（4）B．考查副词及语境理解．A最后；B突然；C小心地；D几乎不；根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里，应该是突然，故答案为B．（5）A．考查形容词及语境理解．A满的；B充满；C空的；D和蔼的；根据It was（5）of mud （泥） and water．应该是充满了泥和水，be full of充满，故答案为A．（6）C．考查名词及语境理解．A水；B泥；C洞；D路；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬，故答案为C．（7）D．考查名词及语境理解．A如果；B和；C所以；D但是；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）he didn't make it前面说想爬出来，后面说做不到，表转折，故选D．（8）A．考查名词及语境理解．A村民；B朋友；C父母；D邻居；根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了，他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救，故答案为A．（9）B．考查动词及语境理解．A推；B拉；C捡；D携带；根据They（9）him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉，故选B．（10）B．考查动词及语境理解．A款待；B失败，未能；C停止；D希望；根据You pretend to read the future in the stars， and yet you （）to see what is at your feet可知你自称有占星预见未来的本事，怎么连脚下的路也看不清？故答案为B．（11）B．考查形容词及语境理解．A更少，修饰可数名词；B更多；C更少，修饰不可数名词；D更差；根据This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you．可知希望这件事能够让你清楚，你可能需要更多地关注自己眼前的事情，pay more attention to多加注意，故答案为B．（12）A．考查代词及语境理解．A它自己；B他；C你；D你自己；根据and let the future take care of （）可知让未来的事情自己去发生吧，故答案为A．（13）A．考查连词及语境理解．A为什么；B当…时；C怎样；D哪儿；根据前文see what is at your feet可知你为什么连地球上的事情都看不到，故答案为A．（12）B．考查形容及语境理解．A大声的；B大的；C聪明的；D活泼的，根据Take care of the little things first， and the（14）things will take care of themselves，先把小事处理好，后面应该是大事情就会自己处理好，故答案为B．（15）B．考查代词及语境理解．A一些；B没有什么；C所有的；D任何的；根据 The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence．可知占星家应该是什么也没说，默默地回家了，故答案为B．6【分析】本文介绍了我们在日常生活中如如何做才环保．文中给出了几条建议：1．少用，不要浪费东西；2．再利用，尽可能使用的时间长一些；3．回收，改变成别的东西再利用．因此保护环境，我们应该记住这三个字："少用，再利用，回收"．【解答】（1）B．形容词辨析．A乐于助人的；B有害的；C感恩的；D小心的；根据but we produce waste every day and it is （1）to our environment生产的垃圾，对环境肯定有害，故答案是B．（2）C．副词辨析．A甚至；B曾经；C仍然；D只，仅仅；根据Though we are young，we can，（2）do something to help．虽然我们很年轻，应该是仍然能做一些事帮忙，故答案是C．（3）D．动词辨析．根据句意以下是一些让你过上绿色生活的建议．不定式作后置定语，故答案是D．（4）A．动词辨析．A重新使用；B复述；C返回；D更新；根据下文Reuse means "use again"．可知还有reuse，故答案是A．（5）B．连词辨析．A在…之后；B在…之前；C如果；D自从；根据we buy something new，think if it is really necessary or maybe the old one will be just as good!应该是在我们买新东西之前，想想是否真的有必要，或者旧的也一样好！故答案是B．（6）C．动词辨析．A卖；B借；C买；D借；根据try not to （6）too many things from abroad．及语境，应该是不要从国外买太多的东西，故答案是C．（7）A．动词辨析．A持续；B浪费；C节省；D变成；根据上句 Use things for as long as possible．尽可能长时间地使用物品．可和这里是我们买东西时要确认他们能很耐用，故答案是A．（8）D．动词辨析．A因为；B满的；C想；D代替；根据we should repair them if we can （8）of throwing them away and buying new ones．如果可以的话，我们应该把它们修好，而不是扔掉买新的，故答案是D．（9）A．形容词辨析．A别的；B老的；C大的；D小的；根据Recycle means "change things into something 再循环是指"把一些东西变成另一些东西"，故答案是A．（10）B．形容词辨析．A更差的；B更好的；C更严厉的；D更有趣的；根据上句Although it takes energy to change something into something else，虽然回收处理东西会费能量，但至少比扔了它们或者烧了好．故答案是B．7【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事．这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植．一天，农夫去他哥哥家，他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植，回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落，结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实．【解答】1．D 考查动词句意：有一天，农夫去看望这位兄弟．A．watch观看；B．find 找到；C．teach教；D．visit 拜访．上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁，可知本题答案．根据后句His brother（43）to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟，根据go to do sth 去做某事，空格处用动词原形，故选D．2．B 考查形容词短语．句意：对美丽的花园感到惊讶．A．worried about担心；B．surprised at对…感到惊讶；C．tired of 厌烦；D．afraid of 害怕．根据句意，可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶．be surprised at 对…感到惊讶，故选B．43．A 考查动词句意：他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物．A．decided决定；B．supposed猜想；C．hoped 希望；D．asked 问．根据decide to do sth 决定做某事，根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选A．44．C 考查疑问副词句意：农夫把树带回家，开始想把它种在哪里．A．how 怎样；B．when 什么时候；C．where 哪里；D．why 为什么．根据后文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（46）．"可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里．故选C．45．D 考查动词短语句意：风可能会把水果吹落．A．put off 推迟；B．take off 拿走；C．turn down 调低音量；D．shake down 摇掉．根据句意，可知山上的风比较大，会吹掉树上的果实，句中might是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．46．B 考查名词句意：如果我把它种在路上，人们就会看到它，然后把它取下来．A．tree 树；B．fruit 水果；C．food 食物；D．flower 花．根据前文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）D the fruit．可知人们看到果实，就会把它取下来．故选B．47．A 考查名词句意：小偷不会想到在这里找它的．A．thieves 小偷；B．animals 动物；C．neighbours 邻居；D．children孩子们．根据前文可知，农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的．故选A．48．C 考查副词句意：然而，这棵树两年内既无花也无果．A．Finally 最后；B．firstly 首先；C．However 然而；D．Luckily 不幸的是．按照正常情况，两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果，根据句意，这棵树两年内既无花也无果，所以用however来表示转折，however 位于句首，首字母大写，故选C．49．D 考查副词句意：农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说．A．slowly 慢慢地；B．hardly 几乎不；C．excitedly 兴奋地；D．angrily 生气地．根据前文the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years．和后文，"You have given me a（50）tree．可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道，故选D．50．B 考查形容词句意：你给了我一棵坏树．A．dead 死的；B．bad 坏的，不好的；C．wrong 错误的；D．young 年轻的．根据后文This is the third year and it still grows（51）C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树，故选B．51．C 考查不定代词句意：这是第三年了，它除了叶子什么也不长！A．something 某事；B．anything 任何东西；C．nothing 什么也没有；D．everything 一切．根据句意，可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长．故选C．52．B 考查动词句意：农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方，他笑着说道．A．suggested 建议；B．laughed 大笑；C．left 离开；D．planted 种植．根据句意，农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑．根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选B．53．A 考查名词句意：你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了，既没有阳光也没有温暖．A．sunshine 阳光；B．water 水；C．air 空气；D．earth 地球．根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的） to cold winds，可知既没有阳光也没有温暖，故选A．54．D 考查动词句意：你怎么能期待鲜花和水果？A．plant种植；B．take拿走；C．receive 收到；D．expect 期待．根据前文可知，苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方，是不会开花结果的．句中could是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．55．B 考查形容词句意：你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去，你怎么能想要丰收呢？A．small 小的；B．rich 丰富的；C．famous 著名的；D．poor 贫穷的．根据句意，可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事，是不能有丰富的收获的，故选B．8【分析】本文主要讲述的是有关冒险的故事。

精选初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

精选初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Dear Millie，Thank you for（36）C me about Halloween．We also have （37）C festivals，and I like Spring Festival best．Spring Festival is the most important festival in （38）．It's to celebrate the lunar calendar's new year（农历新年）．（39）A the evening of the Spring Festival，（40）get together and have a big meal．In many places people like （41）fireworks．（42）C are the most traditional food．（43）like the festival very much，because they can have delicious food and wear new clothes．They can also get some （44）from their parents or relatives．People put New Year scrolls （对联）on the wall for good fortune．The Spring Festival lasts about two （45）long．People relatives and friends with the words"Have all your wishes"．People enjoy the Spring Festival，during this time they can have a good rest．Lots of love，Wendy 36．A．saying B．talking C．telling D．speaking37．A．few B．little C．some D．a little38．A．Japan B．China C．America D．Australia39．A．In B．On C．At D．From40．A．Families B．Friends C．Classmates D．Workers41．A．let off B．to let off C．leting off D．let of42．A．Noodles B．Dumplings C．Turkeys D．Pumpkins43．A．Boys B．Girls C．Children D．People44．A．presents B．money C．clothes D．books45．A．days B．weeks C．months D．Years．【分析】略【解答】CCBBA BBCBB2．You know you have to read"between the lines"to get the most out of anything．Marking up is also a useful practice，but you shouldn't（1）D a book which isn't yours．Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them（2）A．If you think it is helpful to mark books，you will have to buy them．There are two ways for you to own a book．The first is to（3）C for it，just as you buy clothes and furniture．But full ownership comes only（4）you have made it a part of yourself，and the best way to make yourself a part of it is by writing in it．There are three kinds of book（5）C．The first has all the best sellers﹣﹣unread anduntouched．The second has a great many books﹣a few of them read （6）C，most of them dipped into（随便浏览），but all of them as clean as on the day they were bought．The third has a few dog﹣eared（翻折的）books，which are marked from front to back．Why is marking a book necessary？First，it keeps you awake．In the second place，reading is thinking，and thinking can express itself in （7）．The marked book is usually the thought﹣through （经过思考的）book．Finally，（8）D helps you remember the thoughts you had，or the thoughts the writer expressed．If reading is to learn anything more than passing time，it must be active．The book you read for pleasure can be read in a state of relaxation，and nothing is lost．But for a great book，（9）A in ideas，reading must be active．You can't let your eyes move across the lines．You should（10）an" understanding of what you have read．（1）A．buy B．write C．use D．mark（2）A．clean B． fresh C．safe D．beautiful（3）A．stand B．ask C．pay D．search（4）A．before B．when C．unless D．until（5）A．keepers B．sellers C．owners D．publishers （6）A．on B．aloud C．through D．about（7）A．pictures B．words C．music D．acting（8）A．listening B．speaking C．reading D．writing（9）A．rich B．empty C．interesting D．serious（10）A．pay attention to B．come up with C． get ready for D．take care of 【分析】这是一篇说明文，本文讲述的是我们读书过程中的一些重要事情．首先不要在书上做标记，除非那是你自己的．拥有书可以有两个方式一个是买，另一个就是写．书的主人有三种，一种是从来不读也不摸书，第二种是有很多的书，但大部分都像是新买的，第三种是打折的书，从头到尾都做了标记的．为什么做标记很重要？因为它通常代表了这本书的观点，也帮助你记住你当时的思想或作者所表达的思想．【解答】（1）D．动词辨析．A买；B写；C使用；D标记；根据上句Marking up is also a useful practice做标记也是一种有用的做法，后面应该不是你的书，不能做标记，故答案是D．（2）A．形容词辨析．A干净的；B新鲜的；C安全的；D漂亮的；根据Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them借给你书的图书管理员希望你保持书的，应该是整洁，故答案是A．（3）C．动词辨析．A站；B问；C付费；D搜索；根据前面There are two ways for you to own a book拥有书可以有两个方式，一个应该是付费买它，故答案是C．（4）B．连词辨析．A在…之前；B当…时；C除非；D直到；根据But full ownership comes only（4）you have made it a part of yourself只有你将它化为自己的一部分后，你才完全占有了它．应该是when引导的时间状语从句，故答案是B．（5）C．名词辨析．A保管人；B卖者；C主人；D出版商；根据下文描述，可知There are three kinds of book应该是书的主人有三种，故答案是C．（6）C．介词辨析．A在…上；B大声地；C穿过；D关于；根据后面most of them dipped into大部分是随便浏览，前面应该是有几本被通读过，read through通读，故答案是C．（7）B．名词辨析．A照片；B词；C音乐；D表演；演艺业；根据In the second place，reading is thinking，and thinking can express itself in 其次，积极的阅读即是思考，思考需要用文字或话语来诠释，故答案是B．（8）D．动词辨析．A听；B说；C阅读；D写；根据后面helps you remember the thoughts you had，or the thoughts the writer expressed．帮助你记住你的想法，或作家表达的想法，及语境，应该是写（标记）能帮助你完成这些，故答案是D．（9）A．形容词辨析．A富有的；B空的；C有趣的；D严重的；根据But for a great book，（9）in ideas，reading must be active．但对于一本思想丰富的好书来说，阅读必须是积极的．rich in ideas思想丰富，故答案是A．（10）B．动词短语辨析．A注意；B想出；C准备好；D照顾；根据You should（10）an" understanding of what you have read．及语境，应该是你应该想办法理解你所阅读的东西，故答案是B．3．Once there lived two brothers．The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor．They （36）C each other very much，and always took care of one another．Every day they worked from morning（37）A night，getting as much grain（谷物） as possible from their fields．One late autumn evening，after their work in the（38）was done，Simon said to his wife，"Victor got married last month．He has many bills（账单） to pay．I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn（谷仓）．""Oh，that's a good idea，"said his wife．"But please don't tell him，"said Simon，"If he knows I put the rice there，he will（39）A take it．"So，late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn．The next day，while looking at his own barn，he found（40）D strange．"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night，（41）C I still have the same number of bags in my barn．（42）A did that happen？" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night．But the next morning，he found the（43）D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange，"he thought．That night he（44）D again．He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder； and walked down the road to his younger brother's house．In the bright moonlight，he could see another （45） coming down the road．He was carrying something on his（46） too．"Younger Brother!"Simon cried，"What are you doing？""I was （47）D you，Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is（48）C than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"The two brothers quickly（49）that they had been taking rice to each other．They（50）A what had happened．"It is good to have abrother like you，"they both said．And they lived happily ever after．36．A．disliked B．hated C．loved D．enjoyed37．A．until B．at C．through D．with38．A．shops B．fields C．hospitals D．factories39．A．never B．sometimes C．usually D．ever40．A．everything B．anything C．nothing D．something 41．A．so B．and C．but D．or42．A．How B．What C．Why D．Where43．A．small B．different C．huge D．same44．A．planned B．failed C．hoped D．tried45．A．brother B．person C．sister D．wife46．A．back B．shoulder C．head D．hand47．A．proud of B．polite to C．angry with D．worried about 48．A．smaller B．richer C．larger D．happier49．A．remembered B．realized C．imagined D．explained50．A．laughed about B．dreamed about C．pointed at D．shouted at．【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟，他们都看到了对方的困难，想法来帮助对方．正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福．【解答】答案：36．C 考查动词．根据下文always took care of one another，结合选项，dislike"不喜欢"；loved爱；hate"憎恨"；enjoy"欣赏"，可知他们互相友爱．love 意为"爱，关爱"，全文是一般过去时，所以用过去式，loved．故选C．37．A 考查固定结构．根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食，结合选项，Until直到；at 在时间空间的一点；through通过；with 带有，伴随，和．可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上．from…until 为固定搭配，意为"从…直到…"，故选A．38．B 考查名词．根据上文getting as much gain（谷物） as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食，结合选项，Shops商店；fields田地；hospitals医院；factories工厂．可知他们的工作是在田野间．field 意为"田野"，由于不止一块田地，所以要用复数形式 fields，故选B．39．A 考查副词．根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他，结合选项，Never从来不，永远不；sometimes有时；usually通常；ever曾经，永远．可知本句指的是，如果他知道了，他永远不会取用它．故选A．40．D 考查不定代词．根据he found…strange．"结合选项，something一些东西，一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中；anything也是表示一些东西，任何东西，一般用于否定及疑问句中．Nothing没有东西，用于肯定句表示否定含义；everything每件东西；修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面．可知他发现一些奇怪的事情．故选D．41．C考查连词．根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋，而现在一袋都不少，结合选项，So因此；and和，并且；but但是；or或者，否则．可知前后是转折关系，"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家，但是我"还有那么多袋米．故选C．42．A考查疑问词．根据…did that happen？"结合选项，How如何，怎样；What什么；Why为什么；Where在哪儿．可知那是如何发生的呢．故选A．43．D 考查形容词．根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪，结合选项，Small小的；different 不同的；huge巨大的；same 相同的．可知第二天早上，他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米．故选D．44．D 考查动词．根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀）；and walked down the road to his younger brother's house，结合选项，planned 计划；failed失败，不及格；hoped希望；tried尽力，尝试．可知那天晚上，他又再次尝试．try 意为"尝试"，结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时，故选D．45．B 考查名词．根据下文coming down the road"，结合选项，Brother兄弟；person人；sister姐妹；wife妻子．可知在明亮的月光下，他看见另一个人走在路上．故选B．46．B考查名词．根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀），结合选项，Back背部；shoulder肩膀；head头；hand 手．可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上．故选B．47．D 考查固定搭配．根据下文Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is…than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"你的家庭比我的家庭…，我认为你需要更多的米，结合选项，proud of为…感到骄傲；strict with对…严厉；angry with对…感到生气；worried about 为…担心．可知"我"担心你，哥哥．be worried about sb．为固定搭配，意为"为某人担忧"，故选D．48．C 考查形容词．根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭，结合选项，Smaller更小的；richer 更富有的；larger更大的；happier更高兴的．可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大．故选C．49．B 考查动词．根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other．结合选项，Remembered记得；imagined想象；realized 意识到；explained解释，说明．可知，两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方．realize 意为"意识到"，结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时，故选B．50．A 考查固定搭配．根据They…what had happened．"结合选项，laughed about嘲笑，笑对；dreamed about梦到；shouted at对…大喊；complained about抱怨．可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了．laugh about sth为固定搭配，意为"因为（某事）而笑"，结合全文时态此处应为过去时，故选A．4．One night，when I was eight，my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget．"Sweetie，my（16） wants to offer me a more important job because of my good work，but needs me to work in Brazil．This is like your teacher telling that you've done （17）C and allowing you to skip a grade（跳级），but you'll have to（18）A your friends．Would you say yes to your teacher？"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it．I was puzzled．Though I said"yes"，the question kept me （19）C for the rest of thenight．I realized the（20）D decisions adults had to make．For almost four years，my mother would call us from Brazil every day．Every evening I'd （21）A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day．A phone call，however，could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel （22）D sometimes．During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday，we flew to Rio to visit her．Looking at her large （23）C flat，I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself．It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on （24）family and work．（25）C difficult decisions，she used to tell me，you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice，but you could always do the best out of the situation．When I returned home，I（26）D myself that what my mother could do，I could，too．If she （27）A to live well in Rio all by herself，I，too，could learn to depend all on myself．I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical （28）D．My mother is now back with us．But I will never forget what the （29） has really taught me．The separation（分离）between us has proved to be a（an）（30）A thing for me．16．A．teacher B．boss C．mother D．friend17．A．little B．much C．well D．wrong18．A．leave B．refuse C．contact D．forgive19．A．explaining B．sleeping C．wondering D．regretting20．A．poor B．rapid C．final D．hard21．A．hopefully B．politely C．nervously D．curiously22．A．satisfied B．happy C．relaxed D．lonely23．A．comfortable B．expensive C．empty D．modern24．A．providing B．balancing C．comparing D．mixing25．A．Disappointed at B．Compared with C．Faced with D．Satisfied with 26．A．enjoyed B．expressed C．warned D．reminded27．A．managed B．offered C．promised D．expected28．A．plans B．efforts C．prizes D．dreams29．A．question B．experience C．history D．chance30．A．wonderful B．terrible C．difficult D．unpleasant．【分析】这是一篇记叙文，作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后，他学会了自立，并且理解了妈妈的做法，这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历．【解答】16．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，teacher老师，boss老板，上司，mother 妈妈，friend朋友，结合句意可知："亲爱的，由于我工作出色，我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作，但需要我在巴西工作．"故选：B．17．答案：C．考查副词及语境的理解，little小的，少，much多，well好，wrong错误的，根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好，故选：C．18．答案：A．考查动词及语境的理解，句子中but表示转折关系，根据"老师告诉你做得好，允许你跳级．"，下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友．"故选：A．19．答案：C 考查动词及语境的理解，explaining解释，sleeping睡觉，wondering想知道，疑惑，regretting懊悔，句子中"I was puzzled．"妈妈的问题让我困惑了，下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜．"故选：C．20．答案：D．考查形容词及语境的理解，poor可怜的，穷的，rapid快速的，final最后的，hard难的，努力地．根据语境可知：作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑，我很难入睡，意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定，故选：D．21．答案：A 考查副词及语境的理解，hopefully怀着希望地，politely客气地，nervously紧张地，curiously好奇地，根据语境可知：四年来，妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我．可以推断出：作者很期待妈妈的电话，告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节．故选：A．22．答案：D 考查形容词及语境的理解，satisfied满意的，happy高兴的，relaxed轻松的，lonely孤独的，根据上句"然而，一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里，"下句应该是："有时不感到孤独是困难的．"故选：D．23．答案：C考查形容词及语境的理解，comfortable舒服的，expensive昂贵的，empty空的，modern现代的．根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里，我们乘飞机去里约看望她，看着她那空荡荡的大公寓，我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独．"，故选：C．24．答案：B．考查动词及语境的理解，providing提供，balancing平衡，comparing比较，mixing混乱，根据语境可知：就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．故选：B．25．答案：C．考查固定短语的理解，disappointed at对…感到失望，compared with与…作比较，faced with面临，satisfied with对…感到满意，由上文可知："就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．"下文应该是"面对艰难的决定，她曾告诉我，你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择，但你总能从中得到最好的结果．"故选：C．26．答案：D．考查动词及语境的理解，enjoyed喜欢，expressed表达，warned 警告，reminded提醒，根据语境可知："当我回到家时，我提醒自己，我的母亲所能做的，我可以．"故选：D．27．答案：A 考查动词及语境的理解，managed设法，offered提供，promised承诺，expected期望，根据语境可知："如果她在里约生活得很好了，我也可以学会全部靠我自己．"故选：A．28．答案：D．考查名词及语境的理解，plans计划，efforts努力，prizes奖，dreams梦想，这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己，实现大而有用的梦想"，故选：D．29．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，question问题，experience经历，经验，history历史，chance机会，根据语境可知：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，故选：B30．答案：A．考查形容词及语境的理解，wonderful极好的，terrible可怕的，difficult困难的，unpleasant不愉快的，根据上文可以知道：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，我从中学到很多东西．由此可知，这对我来说是一件好事情．故选：A．5．Food is important．Everyone needs to（31）D well if he or she wants to have a strongbody．Our minds （心灵）also need a kind of food．This kind of（32）C is knowledge．We begin to get knowledge（知识） even when we are young．Small children are （33）A in everything around them．They learn（34）when they are watching and listening．When they are getting older they begin to（35）D story books，science books and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （36）A to find out the answers．What is the best（37）C to get knowledge？If we learn（38）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are（39）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand（40）D．31．A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat32．A．sport B．exercise C．food D．meat33．A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good34．A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything35．A．lend B．write C．learn D．read36．A．try B．have C．think D．wait37．A．place B．school C．way D．road38．A．on B．with C．to D．by39．A．seldom B．always C．certainly D．sometimes40．A．harder B．much C．well D．better．【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】31．D．考查动词．A睡觉；B读；C喝；D吃；根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．故选D．32．C．考查名词．A运动；B锻炼；C食物；D肉；根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，句意：这种食物是知识．故选C．33．A．考查形容词．A感兴趣的；B有趣的；C弱的；D好的；根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．故选A．34．B．考查代词．A所有的；B一些；C没有什么；D任何；根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西．everything过于绝对化，nothing、anything 不合文意，应选 something．故选B．35．D．考查动词．A借；B写；C学习；D读；根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．故选D．36．A．考查动词．A尝试；B有；C想；D等；根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．故选A．37．C．考查名词．A地方；B学校；C方法；D路；根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？故选C．38．D．考查介词．A在…上；B和；C到；D由；根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．故选D．39．B．考查副词．A很少；B总是；C一定；D有时；根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……故选B．40．D．考查比较级．A更难；B很多；C好；D更好；根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级．better意为"更好"，句意：……，我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好．故选D．6．A man once had four sons． They never stopped quarreling （争吵） with one another． He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together， but they didn't（1）him．One day，he called all the（2）D together．He put a bundle（捆）of sticks on the floor in front of （3）C．"Can you break that？" he（4）A the youngest son． The boy put his knee （膝盖） on the bundle， he pressed （压） and pulled with his arms but he（5）C break the sticks．The father asked each son in turn to try to break the bundle，（6）A none of them could do it．Then he untied （解开） the string and scattered （散开） the（7）．"Now try，" he said． The boys broke the sticks（8）D in their hands．"Do you see what I mean？" asked the（9）A．"If you stand together，no one can hurt you．If you all quarrel， you can't do any（10）D things for your future．" This time， the sons listened to their father carefully．（1）A． look at B． listen to C． wait for D． help with（2）A． daughters B． students C． women D． sons（3）A． you B． her C． them D． us（4）A． asked B． said C． talked D． spoke（5）A． could B． must C． couldn't D． mustn't（6）A． but B． or C． and D． so（7）A． books B． sticks C． flowers D． sons（8）A． carefully B． happily C． early D． easily（9）A． father B． mother C． son D． daughter（10）A． boring B． difficult C． expensive D． helpful【分析】文章主要介绍了一个有四个孩子的爸爸通过一捆木棍，讲解了团结就是力量．【解答】1．B 动词辨析．A看；B听；C等；D帮助；根据上句He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together，but they didn't他经常告诉他们，如果他们一起努力工作，生活会很容易，应该是但他们没有听，故答案是B．2．D 名词辨析．A女儿；B学生；C女人；D儿子；根据句意应该是把他儿子喊到一起，故答案是D．3．C 代词辨析．A你；B她；C他们；D我们；根据He put a bundle（捆） of sticks on the floor in front of 结合前面把儿子喊到一起，应该是把一捆木棍放到他们前面，故答案是C．4．A 动词辨析．A问；B说；C谈论；D说；根据前面"Can you break that？" 你们能把木棍折断吗？应该是问，故答案是A．5．C 动词辨析．A能；B必须；C不能；D不必；根据下文，可知he pressed （压）and pulled with his arms but he（5）break the sticks，应该是没有折断，故答案是C．6．A 连词辨析．A但是；B或者；C和；D所以；根据后面none of them could do it没人能折断，表转折关系，故答案是A．7．B 名词辨析．A书；B木棍；C花；D儿子；根据Then he untied （解开） the string and scattered （散开） the解开绳子，应该是把木棍散在地上，故答案是B．8．D 副词辨析．A小心地；B开心地；C早地；D容易的；根据The boys broke the sticks （3）in their hands，结合上文散开了，应该是很容易就折断了，故答案是D．9．A 名词辨析．A爸爸；B妈妈；C儿子；D女儿；根据Do you see what I mean？"你明白我的意思吗？应该是爸爸问的，故答案是A．10．D 形容词辨析．A无聊的；B困难的；C贵的；D有帮助的；根据If you all quarrel，you can't do any（10）things for your future如果争吵，应该是将来不能做有用的事，故答案是D．7．Amy is 13．She lives （1）her parents in Suzhou．She is in Grade 7．From Monday （2）C Friday，she goes to school．And she usually （3）D school clothes．There are lots of nice people in her class．Millie her best friend，always （4）A games with her at lunchtime．They both enjoy （5）C the songs of Jay Zhou．She is very （6）D now．Tomorrow is New Year's Day．They are going to celebrate it in their classroom，so Amy and Millie are going to the supermarket．They want to buy some （7）A：sweets，chocolates，lemons and pears for their （8）C．Amy often ate chocolates before，but nowshe （9） eat them any more ，because she wants to be healthier．Millie loves pears．She is going to buy five （10）D of them．（1）A．and B．with C．without D．in（2）A．on B．at C．to D．and（3）A．in B．wear C．put on D．wears（4）A．plays B．play C．playing D．played（5）A．listening B．hearing C．listening to D．listen to（6）A．sad B．boring C．kind D．busy（7）A．food B．clothes C．drink D．books（8）A．parents B．neighbours C．classmates D．grandparents（9）A．don't B．doesn't C．isn't D．didn't（10）A．pieces B．bottles C．pairs D．kilos【分析】略【解答】BCDACDACBD8．Long long ago，there lived a farmer whose brother was a gardener and owned a wonderful garden．One day the farmer went to（1）D his brother，and was（2）the beautiful garden．His brother（3）A to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home and started to wonder（4）C to plant it．"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（5）D the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（6）．"Finally he planted the tree behind his barn（谷仓），"The（7）A would never think to look for it here．"（8）C，the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years．The farmer went to his brother and said（9）D，"You have given me a（10）tree．Look!This is the third year and it still grows（11）C but leaves!"When the farmer's brother saw where the tree was，he （12）and said，"You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的）to cold winds，and get neither（13）A nor warmth．How could you（14）D flowers and fruits？You have planted the tree with a greedy and suspicious（贪婪多疑的） heart，so how can you want a（15）harvest？" What do you learn from the story？（1）A．watch B．find C．teach D．visit（2）A．worried about B．surprised at C．tired of D．afraid of（3）A．decided B．supposed C．hoped D．asked（4）A．how B．when C．where D．why（5）A．put off B．take away C．turn down D．shake down （6）A．tree B．fruit C．food D．flower（7）A．thieves B．animals C．neighbors D．children（8）A．Finally B．Firstly C．However D．Luckily（9）A．slowly B．hardly C．excitedly D．angrily（10）A．dead B．bad C．wrong D．young（11）A．something B．anything C．nothing D．everything（12）A．suggested B．laughed C．left D．planted（13）A．sunshine B．water C．air D．earth（14）A．plant B．take C．receive D．expect（15）A．small B．rich C．famous D．poor【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事．这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植．一天，农夫去他哥哥家，他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植，回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落，结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实．【解答】1．D 考查动词句意：有一天，农夫去看望这位兄弟．A．watch观看；B．find 找到；C．teach教；D．visit 拜访．上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁，可知本题答案．根据后句His brother（43）to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟，根据go to do sth 去做某事，空格处用动词原形，故选D．2．B 考查形容词短语．句意：对美丽的花园感到惊讶．A．worried about担心；B．surprised at对…感到惊讶；C．tired of 厌烦；D．afraid of 害怕．根据句意，可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶．be surprised at 对…感到惊讶，故选B．43．A 考查动词句意：他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物．A．decided决定；B．supposed猜想；C．hoped 希望；D．asked 问．根据decide to do sth 决定做某事，根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选A．44．C 考查疑问副词句意：农夫把树带回家，开始想把它种在哪里．A．how 怎样；B．when 什么时候；C．where 哪里；D．why 为什么．根据后文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（46）．"可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里．故选C．45．D 考查动词短语句意：风可能会把水果吹落．A．put off 推迟；B．take off 拿走；C．turn down 调低音量；D．shake down 摇掉．根据句意，可知山上的风比较大，会吹掉树上的果实，句中might是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．46．B 考查名词句意：如果我把它种在路上，人们就会看到它，然后把它取下来．A．tree 树；B．fruit 水果；C．food 食物；D．flower 花．根据前文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）D the fruit．可知人们看到果实，就会把它取下来．故选B．47．A 考查名词句意：小偷不会想到在这里找它的．A．thieves 小偷；B．animals 动物；C．neighbours 邻居；D．children孩子们．根据前文可知，农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的．故选A．48．C 考查副词句意：然而，这棵树两年内既无花也无果．A．Finally 最后；B．firstly 首先；C．However 然而；D．Luckily 不幸的是．按照正常情况，两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果，根据句意，这棵树两年内既无花也无果，所以用however来表示转折，however 位于句首，首字母大写，故选C．49．D 考查副词句意：农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说．A．slowly 慢慢地；B．hardly 几乎不；C．excitedly 兴奋地；D．angrily 生气地．根据前文the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years．和后文，"You have given me a（50）tree．可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道，故选D．50．B 考查形容词句意：你给了我一棵坏树．A．dead 死的；B．bad 坏的，不好的；C．wrong 错误的；D．young 年轻的．根据后文This is the third year and it still grows（51）C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树，故选B．51．C 考查不定代词句意：这是第三年了，它除了叶子什么也不长！A．something 某事；B．anything 任何东西；C．nothing 什么也没有；D．everything 一切．根据句意，可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长．故选C．52．B 考查动词句意：农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方，他笑着说道．A．suggested 建议；B．laughed 大笑；C．left 离开；D．planted 种植．根据句意，农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑．根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选B．53．A 考查名词句意：你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了，既没有阳光也没有温暖．A．sunshine 阳光；B．water 水；C．air 空气；D．earth 地球．根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的） to cold winds，可知既没有阳光也没有温暖，故选A．54．D 考查动词句意：你怎么能期待鲜花和水果？A．plant种植；B．take拿走；C．receive 收到；D．expect 期待．根据前文可知，苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方，是不会开花结果的．句中could是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．55．B 考查形容词句意：你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去，你怎么能想要丰收呢？A．small 小的；B．rich 丰富的；C．famous 著名的；D．poor 贫穷的．根据句意，可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事，是不能有丰富的收获的，故选B．9．At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food：I used it to kill bad feelings，to make （1）feel better，and to celebrate.Worried about my health，I tried many different kinds of ways but they didn't work.I came to believe that I could do （2）C about my weight.When I was 57，my weight problem began to affect me （3）A.I had spent more time in the hospital and I （4）C catch up with my 7﹣year﹣old grandson when we took a walk.And I had to walk downstairs very slowly and carefully ﹣I couldn't see the steps when （5）!I didn't want to live the rest of my life like that!That year，I joined a club where we were asked to create a project that would touch the。

(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Just for today I will be happy．I quite agree with Abraham Lincoln，one of the greatest presidents in the US．He said，"Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind．" （1） is from inside．It is not a matter of outside．Just for today I will take care of my（2）C．I will exercise it，care for it，nourish*it，so that it will be a（3）D machine for my building．I plan to run for an hour every morning，and play basketball three or four times a week．（4）A it is possible，I will join a basketball team and train myself there too．Just for today I will try to strengthen my（5）A．I will learn something useful and meaningful．I will keep reading as part of myself．I will choose （6）C to read，especially books that need thought as often as I can，because reading is like a key that can （7）my mind to the outside world．It nourishes me deeply and （8） me a full man．Just for today I will have a plan．I will write down （9）I expect to do every day first．And then I will begin （10）C a very small thing，such as getting up on time．I may not follow it （11）the same as I have expected，but I am sure that I will have it．（12）C，a good plan is half done．Just for today I will be （13）A enough to enjoy myself．I will not be afraid to be happy，and to enjoy what is beautiful．I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me．I'll value every moment that will be （14）A with my parents，my children and my friends．And I will say "I love you" loudly to them．Never keep my love as a（15）C．Just for today I will start my new journey and enjoy life as well．（1）A．Agreement B．Happiness C．Friendship D．Communication（2）A．pet B．kid C．body D．house（3）A．noisy B．heavy C．simple D．perfect（4）A．If B．Till C．Unless D．Whether（5）A．mind B．pride C．power D．memory（6）A．nothing B．anything C．something D．everything（7）A．put up B．open up C．make up D．clean up（8）A．calls B．makes C．writes D．expresses（9）A．that B．what C．which D．where（10）A．by B．at C．with D．through（11）A．mainly B．exactly C．recently D．suddenly（12）A．Instead B．Finally C．Anyway D．However（13）A．brave B．careful C．nervous D．worried（14）A．spent B．wasted C．missed D．offered（15）A．doll B．poem C．secret D．painting【分析】文章讲述了快乐和内心相关，和外在无关，并讲述了作者打算如何让自己成为一个快乐的人．【解答】（1）B 考查名词，A．Agreement同意B．Happiness幸福C．Friendship友谊D．Communication沟通，根据前文Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind大多数人都能像他们希望的那样快乐．可知说的是快乐，推出此处是快乐，故选B．（2）C 考查名词，A．pet宠物B．kid孩子C．body身体D．house房子，根据I will exercise it我将锻炼它，以及I plan to run for an hour every morning，and play basketball three or four times a week．我计划每天早上跑一小时，每周打三到四次篮球．推出是锻炼身体，故选C．（3）D 考查形容词，A．noisy吵闹的B．heavy重的C．simple简单的D．perfect完美的，根据 I will exercise it，care for it，nourish it，我将锻炼它，照顾它，滋养它，可知锻炼的目的是为了让身体成为一个完美的机器，故选D．（4）A 考查连词，A．If如果B．Till直到C．Unless除非D．Whether是否，根据it is possible，I will join a basketball team and train myself there too，推出句意：如果可能，我也会加入篮球队，在那里训练自己，故选A．（5）A 考查名词，A．mind精神B．pride自豪C．power力量D．memory记忆，根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书，推出我打算强化提升我的精神世界，故选A．（6）C 考查代词，A．nothing没事B．anything任何事C．something某事D．everything 每件事，根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书，推出此处是指计划读一些东西，故选C．（7）B 考查短语，A．put up举起 B．open up打开 C．make up编造 D．clean up打扫，根据my mind to the outside world，可知是指向外面的世界敞开我的心扉，故选B．（8）B 考查动词，A．calls打电话B．makes使…C．writes写D．expresses表达，根据me a full man，推出是指：使我成为一个丰富有内涵的人，故选B．（9）B 考查代词，A．that没有具体意义 B．what什么 C．which哪个 D．where哪里，根据 I expect to do every day first，可知是what引导的宾语从句，意思是：我希望每天所期待的，故选B．（10）C 考查介词，A．by被 B．at在…C．with带有 D．through通过，根据begin，可知是短语begin with以…开始，结合句意：从小事做起，故选C．（11）B 考查副词，A．mainly主要地B．exactly准确地C．recently最近地D．suddenly 突然地，根据后文 but I am sure that I will have it但我相信我将会做到，推出前半句的意思是：虽然我可能不准确的做到，故选B．（12）C 考查副词，A．Instead相反地B．Finally最后地C．Anyway不管怎样D．However然而，根据a good plan is half done，不管怎样，一个好的计划是成功的一半，故选C．（13）A 考查形容词，A．brave勇敢的 B．careful仔细的 C．nervous紧张的 D．worried担心的，根据 I will not be afraid to be happy，and to enjoy what is beautiful．I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me．我不会害怕快乐，也不会害怕享受美好的事物．我不会害怕去爱，也不会去相信我所爱的人也爱我，推出我要变的勇敢，故选A．（14）A 考查动词，A．spent花费 B．wasted浪费 C．missed错过 D．offered提供，根据I'll value every moment that will be…with my parents，my children and my friends，可知是指：我将珍惜和我的父母孩子，和朋友一起度过的每一个时刻，故选A．（15）C 考查名词，A．doll玩偶B．poem诗C．secret秘密D．painting画，根据"I love you" loudly to them．可知是指：对亲人大声的说爱他们，而不是藏在心里成为一个秘密，故选C．2．Welcome to London．You may visit many interesting（36）C here．The River Thames is a very beautiful river．Many boats and ships come and go （37）A it．Many people from other countries go on boat trips here．One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．Boats （38）D Tower Bridge every half an hour．Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world（39） it is near the Tower of London，Tower Bridge gets its （40）C．You can （41）C across Tower Bridge at any time．Hyde Park is in the center of the（42）D．It's a great city park in the world．It （43）A very beautiful．You can enjoy swimming，boating，bike riding and skating here．London has a lot of museums and some of（44）D are free．It's a good place for you to visit．I'm sure you'll （45） a good time there．36．A．people B．rooms C．places D．animals37．A．on B．with C．at D．for38．A．lie B．clean C．find D．leave39．A．If B．Because C．When D．So40．A．history B．river C．name D．boat41．A．play B．dance C．walk D．work42．A．school B．street C．house D．city43．A．looks B．feels C．tastes D．sees44．A．us B．you C．it D．them45．A．tell B．have C．design D．listen．【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景．泰晤士河很美，上面有来来去去的船．塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一，因为附近的伦敦塔而得名．海德公园也在市中心，是世界上最好的城市公园之一．伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆．【解答】36．C．考查名词辨析． people 人； rooms 房间；places 地方； animals 动物．根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London，可知该句句意是：你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方．因"many" 很多，修饰可数名词复数；"interesting"有趣的，是形容词，可修饰名词，所以该空填名词"places"，故选C．37．A．考查介词辨析．on 在……上面；with 和；at 在（时间的某一点）；for为，给．题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河，所以可推知该句的意思是：许多船舶在它上面来来去去．因此该空填介词on，故选A．38．D．考查动词辨析．lie 躺；clean 清洁；find 找到；leave离开．根据前一句可知：One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥．而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船，所以可推知：船每隔半小时发一次，即：船每隔半小时离开塔桥．又因本句是主谓宾结构，主语boats是复数形式，故选D．39．B．考查连词．if 如果，可引导条件状语从句；because 因为，引导原因状语从句；when 什么时候，引导时间状语从句；so因此，引导结果状语从句．根据分句： it is near the Tower of London，句意：它离伦敦塔很近．根据分句： Tower Bridge gets its …句意：塔桥出名．前后两个分句是因果关系，前因后果，所以用because来引导，故选B．40．C．考查名词辨析．history历史；river 河；name 名字；boat船．根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London．因为它离伦敦塔很近．可知所以塔桥出名，又因关键词"its"它的，是形容词性的物主代词，可修饰名词，故选C．41．C．考查动词辨析． play玩； dance 跳舞；walk 步行；work工作．根据题干可知固定短语：walk across步行穿过，又因关键词"can" 是情态动词，后面加动词原形，故选C．42．D．考查名词辨析． school 学校；street 街道；house 房子； city城市．根据后一句：It's a great city park in the world．可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园．所以可推知该句的句意是：海德公园在这个城市的中心．又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词，故选D．43．A．考查感官动词．looks 看； feels 感觉；tastes 尝； sees看到．根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园，可知它看起来非常的漂亮．又因该句是主系表结构，所以可用感官动词做系动词，结合选项，故选A．44．D．考查人称代词．us 我们，宾格形式；you你，你们；it 它；them它们，是宾格形式．根据分句：London has a lot of museums．：伦敦有很多博物馆．可知后面分句的意思是：它们中的一些是免费的．又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式，故选D．45．B．考查动词辨析．tell 告诉；have 有；design 设计；listen听．根据题干可知固定搭配：have a good time 玩的高兴，过得愉快．又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形，故选B．3．A teacher decided to let her class play a game．The teacher told each child in the class to bring along a plastic bag with a few（1）in it．Each potato will be given a name of a person that the child（2）C，so the number of potatoes that a child will put in his/her plastic bag will （3）A on the number of people he/she hates．So when the day came，every child brought some potatoes with the（4）A of the people he/she hated．Some had two potatoes，some three，（5）D some up to fivepotatoes．The teacher then told the children to carry with them the potatoes in the plastic bag wherever they went （even to the toilet） for one（6）．Day after day passed by，and the children started to complain about the unpleasant （7）let out by the rotten（腐烂的） potatoes．Those having five potatoes also had to carry（8）A bags．After one week，the children were （9）C because the game had finally ended．The teacher asked，"How did you feel while carrying the potatoes with you for one week？" The children started complaining of the （10）D that they had to go through having to carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went．Then the teacher told them the hidden meaning behind the game．The teacher said， "This is （11） the situation when you carry your hatred for somebody inside your heart．The bad smell of hatred will dirty your（12）C and you will carry it with you wherever you go．If you cannot（13）D the smell of rotten potatoes for just one week，can you imagine what it is like to have the unpleasant smell of hatred in your heart for your lifetime？"（14）away any hatred for anyone from your heart so that you will not carry it for a lifetime．Forgiving others is the best attitude to take!Love others even if you don't like them，and you can see a（15）A world．（1）A．tomatoes B．potatoes C．strawberries D．sandwiches（2）A．doubts B．helps C．hates D．likes（3）A．depend B．live C．sit D．try（4）A．names B．numbers C．words D．smiles（5）A．as B．until C．when D．while（6）A．day B．week C．month D．year（7）A．sound B．smell C．air D．water（8）A．heavier B．lighter C．more D．fewer（9）A．sad B．frightened C．happy D．quiet（10）A．risk B．mess C．headache D．trouble（11）A．maybe B．exactly C．especially D．finally（12）A．nature B．bag C．heart D．knowledge（13）A．smell B．tell C．change D．bear（14）A．Put B．Throw C．Fly D．Blow（15）A．better B．cleaner C．worse D．dirtier【分析】本文中老师是想通过这个事情告诉学生一个道理，不要在心里去讨厌或者憎恨一个人，那样太累了，还不如原谅别人．【解答】1．B 考查名词．句意：老师告诉班上的每个孩子带一个塑料袋，里面放一些土豆．tomatoes西红柿；potatoes土豆；strawberries草莓；sandwiches三明治．由后文Each potato will 可知，此处指的时学生们带了一些土豆．故选B．2．C 考查动词．句意：每个土豆都会有一个孩子讨厌的人的名字．doubts怀疑；helps帮助；hates讨厌；likes喜欢．由后文the number of people he/she hates可知，此处指的时讨厌的名字．故选C．3．A 考查动词．句意：所以一个孩子放在塑料袋里的土豆数量将取决于他/她讨厌的人的数量．depend依赖，取决；live居住，生活；sit坐；try尝试．由语境和句意可知，depend on取决于，依赖于，固定搭配，符合题意．故选A．4．A 考查名词．句意：所以，当这一天到来时，每个孩子都会带来一些土豆，上面写着他/她讨厌的人的名字．names名字；numbers数字；words单词；smiles微笑．由前文可知，老师要求学生们再土豆上，写出自己讨厌的人的名字．故选A．5．D 考查连词．句意：有的学生有两个土豆，有的有三个土豆，然而有些学生有多达五个土豆．as因为，作为；until直到；when当……时候；while然而．由句意可知，此处需用while前后表示对比．故选D．6．B 考查名词．句意：然后老师让孩子们把土豆放在塑料袋里，放在他们去的任何地方（甚至厕所）一个星期．day天；week周；month月；year年．由后文After one week可知，此处表示一星期．故选B．7．B 考查名词．句意：日复一日，孩子们开始抱怨腐烂的土豆散发出的难闻气味．sound 声音；smell气味；air空气；water水．由后文let out by the rotten（腐烂的）potatoes．可知，此处表示土豆腐烂发出的气味．故选B．8．A 考查形容词比较级．句意：那些有五个土豆的人还得拿更重的袋子．heavier更重；lighter更轻；more更多；fewer更少．由上文和句意可知，土豆数量越多，袋子的重量越大．故选A．9．C 考查形容词．句意：一周后，孩子们很高兴，因为游戏终于结束了．sad悲伤的；frightened害怕的；happy高兴的；quiet安静的．由后文because the game had finally ended 可知，游戏结构了，所以孩子们开心．故选C．10．D 考查名词．句意：孩子们开始抱怨他们必须忍受麻烦，无论他们去哪里，他们都得带着又重又臭的土豆．risk风险；mess杂乱；headache头疼；trouble麻烦．由后文carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went．可知，孩子们无论去哪里都要把土豆带着，所以这给他们带来了麻烦．故选D．11．B 考查副词．句意：这正是你内心深处对某人怀有仇恨的情况．maybe也许；exactly 精确地，确切地；especially尤其；finally最后；由句意可知，此处需用exactly精确地，确切地，表示这种情况与上文一致．故选B．12．C 考查名词．句意：仇恨的恶臭会弄脏你的心，你会带着它走到任何地方．nature自然，本性；bag包；heart心；knowledge知识．由后文hatred in your heart for your lifetime 可知，此处指的是弄脏你的心．故选C．13．D 考查动词．句意：如果你一个星期都不能忍受腐烂土豆的味道，你能想象一辈子心里有一股仇恨的难闻气味是什么样子吗？" smell闻；tell告诉；change改变；bear忍受．由句意和语境可知，此处指的是忍受土豆腐烂的味道．故选D．14．B 考查动词．句意：把对任何人的仇恨从你的心中抹去，这样你一辈子都不会带着它．Put放；Throw扔掉；Fly飞；Blow吹．由句意可知，作者建议我们把对别人的仇恨放起来，put away放起来，固定搭配，符合题意．故选B．15．A 考查形容词比较级．句意：爱别人，即使你不喜欢他们，你也能看到一个更好的世界．better更好；cleaner更干净；worse更差；dirtier更脏．由句意和语境可知，爱别人，我们能看到一个更好的世界．故选A．4．Once there lived two brothers．The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor．They （36）C each other very much，and always took care of one another．Every day they worked from morning（37）A night，getting as much grain（谷物） as possible from their fields．One late autumn evening，after their work in the（38）was done，Simon said to his wife，"Victor got married last month．He has many bills（账单） to pay．I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn（谷仓）．""Oh，that's a good idea，"said his wife．"But please don't tell him，"said Simon，"If he knows I put the rice there，he will（39）A take it．"So，late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn．The next day，while looking at his own barn，he found（40）D strange．"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night，（41）C I still have the same number of bags in my barn．（42）A did that happen？" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night．But the next morning，he found the（43）D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange，"he thought．That night he（44）D again．He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder； and walked down the road to his younger brother's house．In the bright moonlight，he could see another （45） coming down the road．He was carrying something on his（46） too．"Younger Brother!"Simon cried，"What are you doing？""I was （47）D you，Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is（48）C than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"The two brothers quickly（49）that they had been taking rice to each other．They（50）A what had happened．"It is good to have a brother like you，"they both said．And they lived happily ever after．36．A．disliked B．hated C．loved D．enjoyed37．A．until B．at C．through D．with38．A．shops B．fields C．hospitals D．factories39．A．never B．sometimes C．usually D．ever40．A．everything B．anything C．nothing D．something41．A．so B．and C．but D．or42．A．How B．What C．Why D．Where43．A．small B．different C．huge D．same44．A．planned B．failed C．hoped D．tried45．A．brother B．person C．sister D．wife46．A．back B．shoulder C．head D．hand47．A．proud of B．polite to C．angry with D．worried about 48．A．smaller B．richer C．larger D．happier49．A．remembered B．realized C．imagined D．explained50．A．laughed about B．dreamed about C．pointed at D．shouted at．【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟，他们都看到了对方的困难，想法来帮助对方．正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福．【解答】答案：36．C 考查动词．根据下文always took care of one another，结合选项，dislike"不喜欢"；loved爱；hate"憎恨"；enjoy"欣赏"，可知他们互相友爱．love 意为"爱，关爱"，全文是一般过去时，所以用过去式，loved．故选C．37．A 考查固定结构．根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食，结合选项，Until直到；at 在时间空间的一点；through通过；with 带有，伴随，和．可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上．from…until 为固定搭配，意为"从…直到…"，故选A．38．B 考查名词．根据上文getting as much gain（谷物） as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食，结合选项，Shops商店；fields田地；hospitals医院；factories工厂．可知他们的工作是在田野间．field 意为"田野"，由于不止一块田地，所以要用复数形式 fields，故选B．39．A 考查副词．根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他，结合选项，Never从来不，永远不；sometimes有时；usually通常；ever曾经，永远．可知本句指的是，如果他知道了，他永远不会取用它．故选A．40．D 考查不定代词．根据he found…strange．"结合选项，something一些东西，一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中；anything也是表示一些东西，任何东西，一般用于否定及疑问句中．Nothing没有东西，用于肯定句表示否定含义；everything每件东西；修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面．可知他发现一些奇怪的事情．故选D．41．C考查连词．根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋，而现在一袋都不少，结合选项，So因此；and和，并且；but但是；or或者，否则．可知前后是转折关系，"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家，但是我"还有那么多袋米．故选C．42．A考查疑问词．根据…did that happen？"结合选项，How如何，怎样；What什么；Why为什么；Where在哪儿．可知那是如何发生的呢．故选A．43．D 考查形容词．根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪，结合选项，Small小的；different 不同的；huge巨大的；same 相同的．可知第二天早上，他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米．故选D．44．D 考查动词．根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀）；and walked down the road to his younger brother's house，结合选项，planned 计划；failed失败，不及格；hoped希望；tried尽力，尝试．可知那天晚上，他又再次尝试．try 意为"尝试"，结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时，故选D．45．B 考查名词．根据下文coming down the road"，结合选项，Brother兄弟；person人；sister姐妹；wife妻子．可知在明亮的月光下，他看见另一个人走在路上．故选B．46．B考查名词．根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀），结合选项，Back背部；shoulder肩膀；head头；hand 手．可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上．故选B．47．D 考查固定搭配．根据下文Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is…than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"你的家庭比我的家庭…，我认为你需要更多的米，结合选项，proud of为…感到骄傲；strict with对…严厉；angry with对…感到生气；worried about 为…担心．可知"我"担心你，哥哥．be worried about sb．为固定搭配，意为"为某人担忧"，故选D．48．C 考查形容词．根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭，结合选项，Smaller更小的；richer 更富有的；larger更大的；happier更高兴的．可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大．故选C．49．B 考查动词．根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other．结合选项，Remembered记得；imagined想象；realized 意识到；explained解释，说明．可知，两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方．realize 意为"意识到"，结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时，故选B．50．A 考查固定搭配．根据They…what had happened．"结合选项，laughed about嘲笑，笑对；dreamed about梦到；shouted at对…大喊；complained about抱怨．可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了．laugh about sth为固定搭配，意为"因为（某事）而笑"，结合全文时态此处应为过去时，故选A．5．I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless．I had to（36）D Grade Six．At that time a new teacher，Miss Sadia，came to our school．One day after class，she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break．She came to me and began to talk to me．It was just a（37）C conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special．I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that（38）believed me，and my（39）D started to improve in her subject．Months later，she moved into a house near my（40）A．We would walk home together after school．Her constant （不断的） support helped me，especially in my studies，as I knew she would（41）D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects．I finally（42）second in my class．Then，after Grade Six，she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）A still kept a constant check on me．By the time I was in Grade Seven，we（44）D spoke，but by then I had become the（45）C in my class．When I left my school，I was out of touch with her，as she never answered the（46）C when I called her．Then I graduated and went to a good university．One fine day，our paths crossed again．I met her at a wedding．I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？" "You are a clever boy．I wanted you to be a tree（48）A on your own roots，not dependingon （依靠）others．Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration （启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）C a shoulder．"she said．I could not say anything，but I smiled．I'll always thank her．36．A．jump B．attend C．copy D．repeat37．A．stupid（傻的）B．useless C．normal D．secret38．A．everyone B．someone C．anyone D．nobody39．A．words B．objects C．classes D．grades40．A．home B．school C．hotel D．company41．A．change B．look C．improve D．check42．A．received B．came C．caught D．held43．A．but B．as C．or D．so44．A．ever B．often C．once D．hardly45．A．oldest B．strongest C．best D．cleverest46．A．road B．schoolyard C．phone D．machine47．A．finish B．help C．prevent D．keep48．A．standing B．flying C．growing D．sitting49．A．sad B．proud C．good D．pity50．A．give up B．get on C．look for D．take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生，要他留级，这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师，在她的帮助和鼓励下，作者取得很大进步，但是从此以后，Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注，直到毕业后的一次偶遇，他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因．【解答】36．D考查动词辨析．A jump跳；B attend 参加；C copy复印；D repeat重复．根据I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生，所以不得不留级，选D．37．C考查形容词辨析．A．stupid 蠢得；B．useless无用的；C．normal 正常的；D．secret秘密的．从上下文It was just a（37）conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话，但是后来老师却格外注意我，选C．38．B考查代词辨析．A．everyone每个人；B．someone 某人；C．anyone任何人；D．nobody没有人．从上文After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注，所以作者感到了来自别人的信任，选B．39．D考查名词辨析．A words话；B objects 物体；C classes班级；D grades分数，成绩．根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了，选D．40．A考查名词辨析．A home 家；B school 学校；C hotel旅馆；D company公司．根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师．放学后一起回家．选A．41．D考查动词辨析．A．change 改变；B．look 看；C．improve 提高；D．check核实，检查．根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况，会查他各科的成绩，而且根据下文still kept a constant（不断的） check on me．内容也可以判断选D．42．B．考查动词辨析．A received收到；B came 来；C caught抓住D；held抓住．固定短语：come second获得第二名，句意：最后"我"获得班级第二名，选B．43．A考查连词辨析A but但是（表示转折关系）；B as由于（表示原因）；C or否则，或者（表示选择关系）；D so所以（表示前因后果）．从前后句she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）still kept a constant check on me．内容可知此处表示转折关系，句意：老师开始慢慢地疏远"我"，但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩，选A．44．D考查副词辨析．A ever曾经；B often 经常；C once曾经；D hardly几乎不．从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远，由此判断当"我"上七年级时，我们几乎就不交谈了，故选D．45．C．考查形容词辨析．A oldest 最老的；B strongest最壮的；C best最好的；D cleverest 最聪明的．but by then I had become the（45）in my class到那时，"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了，故选C．46．C考查名词辨析．A road路；B schoolyard 校园；C phone打电话；D machine机器．根据空后when I called her．可知当"我"给她打电话时，她从不接"我"的电话，故选C．47．B考查动词辨析．A finish完成；B help帮助；C prevent阻止；D keep保持．根据作者说的话I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话"，can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事，故选 B．48．A考查动词辨析．A standing 站立；B flying飞；C growing 生长；D sitting坐．从下文I wanted you to be a tree（48）on your own roots，not depending on （依靠）others内容可知老师希望作者独立，要像一棵树一样，站在自己的根上，而不是依赖于别人的帮助，故选A．49．B考查形容词辨析．A sad伤心的；B proud自豪的；C good好的；D pity遗憾的．从Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人） and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀，所以老师应该是为他自豪，故选B．50．C考查动词短语辨析．A give up放弃；B get on进展；C look for寻找；D take up拿起．从老师说的话You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人，要靠自己的力量，短语：look for a shoulder"依靠别人"，选C．6．I have （1）C my hometown for a few years．It has changed a lot （2）A the years．New roads and beautiful buildings have been （3）C．People in my hometown have realized the（4）C of protecting the environment．They have done many things （5）C planting trees，keeping the roads clean，and not （6）D plastic bags．Now the （7）A is much better than before，and people's life is （8）D than before．The old are doing all kinds of （9）D such as playing（10）A，dancing and playing TaiJi in thepark．There are（11）C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town．People's life is not（12）any more．They can relax in many different ways（13）C just watching TV at home．There are also some places（14）A further learning ，especially for the（15）A who want to find good jobs．（1）A．left B．been away C．been away from D．left away（2）A．over B．among C．between D．after（3）A．build B．building C．built D．buildings（4）A．important B．useless C．importance D．use（5）A．for example B．as C．such as D．that is（6）A．use B．used C．useful D．using（7）A．environment B．weather C．life D．hometown（8）A．bad B．worse C．colourful D．more colorful （9）A．games B．matches C．work D．activities（10）A．chess B．the chess C．with chess D．a chess（11）A．few B．less C．more D．much（12）A．interesting B．boring C．bored D．happy（13）A．for example B．in fact C．instead of D．such as（14）A．for B．at C．with D．to（15）A．young B．children C．old D．baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化．家乡建了新楼房和道路，人们的环保意识提高了，环境变好了．人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了，老年人有各种各样的活动；还有很多地方供人们休闲；对于年轻人来说，还有继续学习的地方．【解答】（1）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：我离开家乡有好多年了．for a few years，好些年；通常和现在完成时连用，leave是瞬间动词，不能与持续时间段连用，be away from离开，表示状态，可以与持续时间段连用；结合语境故选C．（2）A．考查介词与语境理解．A超过；B三者及以上其中；C两者中间；D在…之后；根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：这些年发生了很多改变．Over the years多年以来，故选A．（3）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：建了新的房子和道路．主语与动词直接是被动关系，要用被动语态，所以动词用过去分词，故选C．（4）C．考查名词与语境理解．从后文村民植树等行为，得知此句说的是，村民们认识到保护环境的重要性．A 重要的，形容词；B没有的，形容词；C 重要性，名词；D 使用，动词；结合语境故选C．（5）C．考查短语与语境理解．从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情，后面是具体的例子，例如植树，保持道路的清洁，A 例如，后面经常跟一个例子，B 作为，。

初中英语完形填空练习题(含答案)

初中英语完形填空练习题(含答案)

1、Mark lived in a village far away. One day he became very ill and everyone thought he would 1 soon. They sent for a doctor. Two days 2 the doctor came and looked over the sick man. 3 asked for a pen and some paper to write down the name of the medicine. But there was no pen 4 paper in the village, because no one could write.The doctor 5 up a piece of burnt wood from the fire and wrote the name of the medicine on the 6 of the house.“ Get this medicine for him.”he said,“and he will soon get 7 .”Mark’s family and friends did not know 8 to do. They could not read the strange words. Then a young man 9 an idea. He took off the door of the house, put it on his carriage( 马车) and drove to the nearest 10 . He bought the medicine there, and Mark was soon well again.( )1.A. wake B.cry C.moved D.die( )2.A. late ter C.ago D.before( )3A. The sick man B.Mark C.The doctor D.The farmer( )4.A.and B.or C.then D.also( )5.A.picked B.held C.made D.looked( )6.A.wall B.window C.ground D.door( )7.A.well B.worse C.bad D.good( )8.A.when B.what C.where D.whick( )9A.thought B.hit C.caught D.had( )!0. A.shop B.farm C.hospital D.village2、Peter and Mike were in 1 class． Peter was born in a 2 family．But Mike’s father was a businessman( 商人)and got 3 money． When Peter got into trouble( 困难)he always helped him．Peter liked to have sports． He was good at 4 ． He ran 5 than any others in their class It was Sunday． Mike and Peter went to a forest to have a picnic． Mike took a lot of food there． It was a 6 ay． The birds were singing and there were all kinds of flowers ． They ate and drank then went 7 in the river． They had a good time． Suddenly they heard a great noise． They found it was a tiger behind a big tree．They were both very 8 ． Peter put on his shoes quickly and was going to run away ． Mike stopped him and said：”It’s no us e for us．The tiger runs 9 faster than us．Let’s find a way．”“It doesn’t matter．”said Peter．”I’m 1 0 I'll run faster than you．”1． A． same B． different C． difference D． the same2． A． rich B． happy C． poor D． bad3． A． many B． lot C． any D． much4． A． ran B． running C． run D． runs5． A． fast B． faster C． fastest D． best6． A． sun B． rain C． rained D． sunny7． A． fish B． to fishing C． fishing D． fished8． A． happy B． afraid C． sad D． exciting9． A． more B． much C． many D． 1ittle10． A． afraid B． worried C． sure D． gladWe were going to play a team from a country school .They didn’t come 1 the match nearly began .They looked 2 than we thou ght .The wore dirty T-shirts and blue jeans and looked like farm boys .We thought they 3 saw a bask etball before .We felt that we didn’t 4 any practice to play withsuch a team .It was very late so they couldn’t have any time to practice .The match began ,one of our boys 5 the ball and h e tried to give it to another one . But from out of nowhere a boy in a T-shirt 6 the ball and he quickly and beautifully got the ball into our basket and had two points .They 7 us .They had another two points in a minute .Soon it was all over .The country team 8 the match .Of course we knew that there was still another team 9 than any good team .But the important lesson we learn this time was : One can’t tell a man or a team by the 10 .( ) 1、A. when ( ) 2、A. stronger ( ) 3、A. never ( ) 4、A. have ( ) 5、A. got( ) 6、A. caught ( ) 7、A. surprised ( ) 8、A. lost ( ) 9、A. worse ( ) 10 、A. T-shirt B. soB. youngerB. oftenB. makeB. playedB. changedB. frightenedB. wonB. lessB. appearanceC. untilD. atC. worseD. betterC. sometimesD. alwaysC. useD. needC. took D .carriedC. heldD. stoppedC. admiredD. smiledC. gotD. hadC. better . D moreC. nameD. points4、初二完形填空练习题Mary has some friends. 1 Betty, Peter, Alice 2 Mike. Mary is the oldest 3 . Betty is thirteen years 4 . She is younger than Mary and older than Peter. Alice is nice and Mike is seven.Betty and Peter are 5 runners. But Peter runs faster. Mary and Betty like to 6 . Mary plays better than Betty. Alice sings 7 of them. Mary and Betty study in a middle school. Alice and Mike study in a primary school. They 8 work hard at school. But Betty works 9 . Her handwriting is good, 10 .1. A. They are B. It is C. There are D. We are2. A. But B. Or C. them D. and3. A. in the five B . of five C. of the five D. for the five4. A. older B. Old C. oldest D. very old5. A. best B. Better C. well D. good6. A. play basketball B. play a basketball C. play the basketball D. play basketballs7. A. good B. Better C. best D. well8. A. six B. All C. four D. both9. A. hard B. Harder C. very hard D. hardest10. A. too B. Two C. at D. also5、Perhaps you have heard _1 __about the Internet, but what is it?The Internet is many different networks around the world. A network is a group of computers put together. These networks joined together are called the Internet._2 that doesn't sound interesting. But _3 we've joined the Internet, there are 4 things we can do. We can have a lot of 5 on the World Web.(www). We can use the Internet instead of a library to 6 all kinds of information 7 our favorite sports or film stars and do shopping on the Internet. We can send message to other people 8 e-mail. It's much cheaper and quicker than 9 our friends or sending a letter.Thanks to the Internet, the world is becoming smaller and smaller. People can now work at home with a computer in front, getting and sending the information they need. They can buy or sell whatever they want by the Internet. But do you know 98% of the information is 10 English? So what will English be like tomorrow?1. A. a lot of B. a lot C. a few D. a little of2. A. May B. But C. And D. Maybe3. A. where B. when C. however D. although4. A. lots of B. a lot C. much D. few5. A. interesting B. friends C. interest D. funny6. A. find7. A. with8. A. with9. A. call10. A. on B. look forB. forB. byB. calledB. withC. find outC. onC. onC. callsC. inD. look afterD. aboutD. forD. callingD. for6、 Life in the year 3044 is very different 46 life in the 21st century. We still do many of the things you did, but we do them 47 . For example, we now have e-friends to help us and keep us company. An e-friend is a machine that looks just 48 a human being. It can walk and talk and can do almost 49 we human beings do. My e-friend is a lot like me and we have 50 fun together. She helps me 51 my homework and we often go swimming. She is programmed to take care of me if anything 52 , so I always feel safe when we are together. She can also send me messages, just likeold-fashioned e- mail, and I can download information from her memory. It’s great 53 an e-friend – I am never lonely and I always have someone to talk54 .I would like to tell you more about life in the year 3044, but I have to send my e-friend to clean up my room. Maybe 55 I will be able to travel back in time and visit you.46. A. of B. from C. in D. with47. A. different B. difference C. differently D. differences48. A. like B. for C. at D. up49. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything50. A. many B. a number of C. a lot of D. the number of51. A. with B. at C. on D. doing52. A. will happen B. happens C. happened D. is going to happen53. A. have B. having C. to have D. has54. A. to B. about C. with D. Both A and C55. A. one day B. in one day C. after one day D. with one day7、A generous gap(代沟) has become a serious problem. I read a 1 about it in the newspaper. Some children have killed themselves after 2 with parents. I think this is because they don’t often have a talk with each other. Parents now 3 more time in the office, 4 they don’t have much time to stay with their children. As times passes, they both feel that they don’t have the __5 topic(题目) to talk about. I want to tell parents to be more with your 6 , get to know them and 7 them. And for children, show your 8 to your parents. They are the people who love you. So 9 them your thoughts. In this way, you 10 have a better understanding of each other.( ) 1.A. message( ) 2. A. talk( ) 3. A. spend ( ) 4. A. because ( ) 5. A. interesting ( ) 6. A. business ( ) 7. A. get on well with ( ) 8. A. interest ( ) 9. A. tell( ) 10. A. canB. callB. argueB. stayB. ifB. sameB. childrenB. look afterB. secretB. askB. shouldC. reportC. fightC. workC. butC. trueC. workC. understandC. troubleC. answerC. mustD. letterD. playD. haveD. soD. goodD. officeD. loveD. feelingsD. sayD. would8、Grandma Li lived alone in an old building. She was old and didn’t like noise at all. The young man and woman 46 always made much noise every night, so she couldn’t 47 .When the young man and woman moved out of the building, Grandma Li was very 48 . Another young man moved in and Grandma Li thought,“Well, he 49 .”But at three o’clock the next morning, when Grandma Li any dog here before. It 53 be the young man’s.”She 54 she stopped the call. 50 , some noise 51 . She 52 carefully. It was a dog. She thought, “There wasn’t him and telephoned the young man at once. Before the young man cou ld say something,Nothing more happened 55 four o’clock. Then Grandma Li’s telephone rang. When she answered the phone, she heard,“I’m the man upstairs. I’m sorry to trouble you, but I want to tell you I don’t have a dog at all!”46. A. upstairs B. up C. above D. higher47. A. get to sleep B. sleeps C. slept D. falls asleep48. A. sad B. pleased C. surprised D. worried49. A. looked quiet B. looks quiet C. looked quite D. looks quite50. A. was sleeping B. was falling asleep C. slept D. was getting to sleep51. A. woke her up B. waked she up C. woke up her D. waked up she52. A. heard B. listened C. was hearing D. listened to53. A. can B. may C. must D. could54. A. angry with B. angrier with C. is angry with D. was angry with55. A. when B. after C. at D. until9、The difference between life in one country and in 1 is quite often 2the difference between city life and village life in 3 country. In anEnglish 4 everybody 5 everybody else; they know what time you get up,what time you go to bed and what you usually have 6 dinner. If you want anyhelp, you will always 7 it and be glad to help 8 in return. In a largecity 9 London, there are many things to see and many places to go to. 10people often do not know each other 11 . It 12 happens that you have 13seen your next-door neighbor, don’t know his name or 14 about him. Peopleliving in London are often very 15 , particularly 16 . This is because thepeople who they are with all day are scattered over large areas in the evenings andweekends. 17 you walk 18 the street in London on a Sunday, it is almost like an empty town. One is 19 for old people who do not live with their 20and have no work to go to during the day.1. A. other B. others C. the other D. another2. A. not so big as B. so big as C. isn’t so big as D. as big as3. A. same B. the same C. different D. different4. A. village B. town C. city D. country5. A. needs B. knows C. helps D calls6. A. at B. for C. in D. with7. A. get B. take C. bring D. pay8. A. any other B. any C. anyone else D. any people9. A. like B. as C. of D. in10. A. So B. Then C. Though D. But11. A. good B. well C. better D. best12. A. sometimes B. some times C. some time D. sometime13. A. ever B. had C. never D. been14. A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything15. A. lonely B. happy C. angry D. tired16. A. before work B. at work C. after work D. by work17. A. If B. After C. Before D. Because18. A. in B. through C. to D. across19. A. lucky B. happy C. surprised D. sorry20. A. daughters B. sons C. children D. people10、Have you ever asked yourself why children go to school? You may 1 they go to learn languages, P.E., history, science and all other 2 . But why do they learn these things?We send our children to school to prepare them for the time 3 they will grow up and will begin to work for 4 . Nearly everything they study at school has some practical use in their life. But is that the 5 reason why they go to school?There is more in education than just 6 facts. We go to school above all to learn how to learn, so that then we have left school we can 7 to learn. A man who really knows how to learn will always be successful, because whenever he has to do something new which he has never had to do 8 he will rapidly teach himself how to do it 9 the best way. The uneducated person, on the other hand, is 10 unable to do something new, or does it badly. The purpose of school, therefore, is not to teach languages, math, geography, etc, but to teach pupils the way to learn.( ) 1. A. speak B. tell C. say D. talk( ) 2. A. matters B. subjects C. math D. physics( ) 3. A. while ( ) 4. A. oneself ( ) 5. A. only B. when C. which D. whereB. theyC. themD. themselves B. nearly C . lone D. alone( ) 6. A. study ( ) 7. A. make ( ) 8. A. later ( ) 9. A. fromB. studiedC. learningD. learn B. keep C. keep on D. go on B. ago C. then D. /B. inC. withD. on( ) 10. A. either B. neither C. other D. nor11 ．完型填空Someone says,“Time is money”, but I think time is 1 important than money. Why? Because when money is spent, we c an get it back. However, when time is 2 , it’ll never 3 . Tha t is 4 we must not waste time. It goes without saying that the 5 is usually limited. E ver a second is very important. We should make full use of our time to 6 useful.But it is a pity that there are a lot of people who do not know the importance of the time. They spent their limited time smoking, drinking and 7 . They do not know that wasting time means wasting part of their own 8 .In a word, we should save time. We shouldn’t 9 today’s work for tomorrow. Remember we have no time to 10 .( ) 1. A. much B. less ( ) 2. A. cost B. bought ( ) 3. A. return B. carry ( ) 4. A. what B. that ( ) 5. A. money B. timeC. mush lessD. even more C. gone D. finishedC. takeD. bringC. becauseD. whyC. dayD. food( ) 6. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything( ) 7. A. reading B. writing ( ) 8. A. time B. food ( ) 9. A. stop B. leave ( ) 10.A. lose B. save C. playingC. moneyC. letC. spendD. workingD. lifeD. giveD. take1. 答案： 1 DBCBADABDC 2DCDBBDCBBC 3 、CCADA AABCB 4 、A D C B D A C B D A5 、答案 1.B 2.D 3.B 4.A 5.C 6.A 7.D 8.B 9.D 10.C6 、答案 II. 46-50 BCADC 51-55 ABCDA7 、答案四．完型填空答案： CBADB BADAD8、答案 VI. 46-50 AABBA 51-55 ABCDD9、答案四. DABAB, BACAD, BACDA, CABDC10、答案五. 1-5 CBBDA 6-10 CDDBA11 、1-5 DCADB 6-10 BCDBA。

初中英语完形填空专项练习附答案

初中英语完形填空专项练习附答案

初中英语完形填空专项练习附答案一、中考英语完形填空（含答案详细解析）1．先通读下面的短文，掌握其大意，然后在每小题所给的四个选项中，选出可以填入相应空白处的最佳选项。

At my heaviest I weighed370pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food:I used it to 1bad feelings,to make myself feel better,and to celebrate.Worried about my health,I tried many different kinds of diets but nothing worked.I came to believe that I could do nothing about my weight.When I was50,my weight problem began to affect me2.I didn't want to live the rest of my life with this extra weight any more.That year,I3a seminar（研讨课）where we were asked to create a project that would touch the world.A seminar leader shared her4story—she had not only lost125pounds,but also raised＄25,000for homeless children.5by her story,I created the As We heal（痊愈）,the World Heals project.My goal was to lose150pounds in one year and raise$50,000.In this way,I could not only heal myself but heal the world by supporting a movement set up30years ago to end hunger.6I began my own personal weight program,I was filled with the fear that I would run into the same difficulties that beat me before.While the7hung over my head,there were also signs that I was headed down the right path.I sent letters to everyone I knew,telling them about my project.It worked perfectly.Donations began8in from hundreds of people.Of course,I also took some practical steps to lose weight.I hired a fitness coach.I began to eat small and9meals and exercise often.A year later,I10my goal:I lost150pounds and raised$50,000!I feel that I've been given a second life to devote to something that is meaningful and great.1.A.add B.mix C.kill D.share2.A.simply B.specially C.secretly D.seriouslyanized B.mentioned C.attended D.recommended4.A.sad B.successful C.ancient D.cartoon5.A.Surprised B.Reminded C.Influenced D.controlled6.A.AS B.Until C.If D.Unless7.A.excitement B.fear C.anger D.joy8.A.breaking B.stepping C.jumping D.flooding9.A.heavy B.healthy C.expense D.full10.A.reached B.remembered C.missed D.dropped【答案】（1）C；（2）D；（3）C；（4）B；（5）C；（6）A；（7）B；（8）D；（9）B；（10）A；【解析】【分析】短文大意：主要讲述作者为了消除坏情绪而乱吃东西，导致自己体重超标，到了50岁，肥胖问题严重影响了健康，作者希望这种情况得到改变，在讨论队队长的影响下，作者开始制定并实施计划，不但使自己减重150磅，还通过募捐帮助了需要帮助的人，这是一件很有意义的事情。

初中英语完形填空(附答案和翻译)

初中英语完形填空(附答案和翻译)

完形填空题11. My name is Tom. I (1) _____ a student at Green Middle School. I (2) _____ in the seventh grade and I (3) _____ to school every day except weekends. I (4) _____ up at six every morning because I (5) _____ breakfast with my family at seven. I (6) _____ to school at seven thirty and usually (7) _____ my friends on the way. At school, we (8) _____ different subjects like math, science, and history. My favorite subject is math because I (9) _____ solving problems. After school, I usually (10) _____ my homework and then (11) _____ TV for a while. Sometimes, I (12) _____ books or (13) _____ video games. On weekends, I (14) _____ to the park with my family or (15) _____ soccer with my friends. I really (16) _____ my school life.(1) A. am B. is C. are(2) A. study B. studies C. studying(3) A. go B. goes C. going(4) A. get B. gets C. getting(5) A. have B. has C. having(6) A. walk B. walks C. walking(7) A. meet B. meets C. meeting(8) A. learn B. learns C. learning(9) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying(10) A. do B. does C. doing(11) A. watch B. watches C. watching(12) A. read B. reads C. reading(13) A. play B. plays C. playing(14) A. go B. goes C. going(15) A. play B. plays C. playing(16) A. like B. likes C. liking完形填空题22. Mary is my best friend. She (1) _____ from Canada but now she (2) _____ in a big city in China. She (3) _____ playing the piano and she (4) _____ every day after school. She (5) _____ very well and often (6) _____ part in school concerts. She (7) _____ to be a musician when she grows up. Besides music, she also (8) _____ sports. She (9) _____ on the school basketball team and (10) _____ to practice every weekend. She (11) _____ basketball very much because it (12) _____ her feel energetic. In addition to playing sports, Mary also (13) _____ studying. She (14) _____ a lot of books and (15) _____ good grades in her classes.(1) A. come B. comes C. coming(2) A. live B. lives C. living(3) A. like B. likes C. liking(4) A. practice B. practices C. practicing(5) A. play B. plays C. playing(6) A. take B. takes C. taking(7) A. want B. wants C. wanting(8) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying(9) A. is B. are C. be(10) A. go B. goes C. going(11) A. like B. likes C. liking(12) A. make B. makes C. making(13) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying(14) A. read B. reads C. reading(15) A. get B. gets C. getting完形填空题33. Today is Sunday and the weather (1) _____ fine. My family and I (2) _____ going to the park near our house. We (3) _____ a picnic there every Sunday if the weather is good. My sister (4) _____ some sandwiches and I (5) _____ some juice. We (6) _____ there by bike and (7) _____ the whole day having fun. In the park, we (8) _____ games like badminton and frisbee. My parents (9) _____ reading books under the trees while my sister and I (10) _____ around. Sometimes, we (11) _____ a small boat on the lake. After a day of fun, we (12) _____ home in the evening and my mom (13) _____ a delicious dinner. We (14) _____ the day very much.(1) A. is B. are C. be(2) A. is B. are C. be(3) A. have B. has C. having(4) A. make B. makes C. making(5) A. bring B. brings C. bringing(6) A. go B. goes C. going(7) A. spend B. spends C. spending(8) A. play B. plays C. playing(9) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying(10) A. run B. runs C. running(11) A. row B. rows C. rowing(12) A. return B. returns C. returning(13) A. cook B. cooks C. cooking(14) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying完形填空题44. I have a pet dog named Lucky. It (1) _____ very cute and (2) _____ a lot of fun to play with. I (3) _____ it every day and it always (4) _____ happy to see me. Lucky (5) _____ playing with a ball and (6) _____ very fast when we (7) _____ in the park. Sometimes, we (8) _____ to the countryside and (9) _____ there for a picnic. Lucky (10) _____ in the grass and (11) _____ with the flowers. It (12) _____ very energetic and (13) _____ running around. I (14) _____ spending time with Lucky because it (15) _____ me happy.(1) A. is B. are C. be(2) A. is B. are C. be(3) A. feed B. feeds C. feeding(4) A. look B. looks C. looking(5) A. like B. likes C. liking(6) A. run B. runs C. running(7) A. play B. plays C. playing(8) A. go B. goes C. going(9) A. stay B. stays C. staying(10) A. roll B. rolls C. rolling(11) A. play B. plays C. playing(12) A. be B. is C. are(13) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying(14) A. love B. loves C. loving(15) A. make B. makes C. making完形填空题55. My school is not far from my home, so I (1) _____ to school by bike every day. It (2) _____ about fifteen minutes to get there. I (3) _____ like to be late, so I always (4) _____ to school on time. My teachers (5) _____ me because I (6) _____ hard and always (7) _____ my homework on time. After school, I (8) _____ my friends to play basketball. We (9) _____ playing sports because it (10) _____ us healthy and active. In the evening, I (11) _____ my homework and (12) _____ some books before going to bed. On weekends, I (13) _____ extra classes to improve my skills. I (14) _____ to become a successful person in the future.(1) A. go B. goes C. going(2) A. take B. takes C. taking(3) A. do B. does C. doing(4) A. get B. gets C. getting(5) A. like B. likes C. liking(6) A. study B. studies C. studying(7) A. finish B. finishes C. finishing(8) A. meet B. meets C. meeting(9) A. enjoy B. enjoys C. enjoying(10) A. keep B. keeps C. keeping(11) A. do B. does C. doing(12) A. read B. reads C. reading(13) A. attend B. attends C. attending(14) A. hope B. hopes C. hoping---答案和翻译1. 答案: (1) A (2) A (3) A (4) A (5) A (6) A (7) A (8) A (9) A (10) A (11)A (12) A (13) A (14) A (15) A (16) A翻译: 我的名字叫汤姆。

初中英语完形填空练习试题及答案

初中英语完形填空练习试题及答案

初中英语完形填空练习试题及答案完形填空，是初中英语试卷上的一个大题，若是我们能够对上大半，英语考试分数就非常可观了。

今天小编给大家带来初中英语完形填空练习题，希望大家喜欢并且能够有所收获。

初中英语完形填空练习题1【展示自己的业余爱好】One day, Mr White told the class to get ready for a hobby show. All the students had the whole morning to get what they were going to show.All the students came back on time except Bob, the laziest boy in his classmates’ eyes. It was very difficult to believe that such a boy could have a hobby. But to their surprise, Bob came back with many beautiful stamps in his hand. Mr White was very happy after watching them. However, Bob was going to take them back.“Bob, you can’t take them back until the others watch them this afternoon,” said Mr White.“But I’m sorry they are my brother’s,” he answered. “He doesn’t want them to be out of our home for long. He’s afraid that they will be lost.”“Bob, you should show your own hobby here, not someone else’s” Mr White be came a bit angry.But Bob’s following words made him even angrier. “Mr White, it’s true that I have a hobby. My hobby is watching my brother collecting stamps.”1. All the students ______ the whole morning in ______ready for the hobby show.2. Bob was so______ that his classmates didn’t ______ he could have a hobby.3. When Bob ______ to his classroom, he brought many beautiful ______.4. The things in ______ hand were ______ his but his brother’s.5. Bob thought he ______ a “hobby”. He liked ______ his brother collecting.本文是个幽默故事，怀特先生叫全班学生展示自己的业余爱好，懒惰的Bob意外地带来了许多邮票。

初中完形填空100篇(答案)

初中完形填空100篇(答案)

答案与提示01Passage 11. D girl以辅音音素开头且泛指，其前用不定冠词。

2. A at school“在学校”，习惯用法。

3. B 物主代词与名词name构成一个名词词组。

4. C 用英语表示大、小两个单位，应先小后大，因此，A、B不妥，表示“几年级几班”表示年级和班的名词均要大写首字母，D也不妥。

5. C “在哪一排”用介词in。

6. A English 以元音音素开头，其前用an.7. D 并列主语为复数，与are搭配。

8. A We 作主语与are连用。

9. B 介绍某人用句型This is……。

10. C Miss Gao为女性，用She代之作主语。

Passage 21. B 从下文得知，有两位新学生。

2. C 主语是we我们，所以后面应在我们的学校，作定语用形容词性物主代词our3. C 从上文得知，他们是中国人，放在句首要大写第一个字母。

4. D 作定语用形容词性物主代词their.放在句首要大写字母。

5. A句子单复数要一致。

6. B 固定词组look the same看起来一样。

7. C 根据上文要用they作主语。

8. D 此空应填一个疑问词，who “谁”。

9. A此空也应填一个疑问词。

10.C 固定词组over there在那儿。

答案与提示：Passage 31. C 并列主语为复数形式，与系动词are连用。

2. B C、D拼写不正确。

具有国家性质的形容词作表语, 说明主语是哪国人,A也不妥，只能表达国家，不能表达哪国人。

3. B English以元音音素开头，其前用an。

4. A the same后跟单数名词且不大写首字母，表示“同一……”。

5. D W e指Jim Green and I。

6. C “同班同学”，用复数。

7. A从下句中的teacher可知。

8. B “喜欢，热爱”。

答案与提示：Passage 41. B a用在辅音音素开头的单词前,而an用在以元音音素开头的单词前,the表示特指2. B Mike是人名。

初中英语完形填空100篇含答案详解(完整版)

初中英语完形填空100篇含答案详解(完整版)

初中英语阅读完形填空100篇（含答案）（1）Different things usually stand for different feelings. Red, for example, is the color of fire, heat, blood and life. People say red is an exciting and active color. They associate（使发生联系）red with a strong feeling like 1 . Red is used for signs of 2 , such as STOP signs and fire engines. Orange is the bright, warm color of 3 in autumn. People say orange is a 4 color. They associate orange with happiness. Yellow is the color of __5__. People say it is a cheerful color. They associate yellow too, with happiness. Green is the cool color of grass in __6__. People say it is a refreshing color. In general, people __7__ two groups of colors: warm colors and cool colors. The warm colors are red, orange and __8__. Where there are warm color and a lot of light, people usually want to be __9__. Those who like to be with __10 _ like red. The cool colors are __11_ and blue. Where are these colors, people are usually worried. Some scientists say that time seems to __12 _ more slowly in a room with warm colors. They suggest that a warm color is a good __13_ for a living room or a __14_ . People who are having a rest or are eating do not want time to pass quickly. __15 colors are better for some offices if the people working there want time to pass quickly.1. A. sadness B. anger C. administration D. smile2. A. roads B. ways C. danger D. places3. A. land B. leaves C. grass D. mountains4. A. lively B. dark C. noisy D. frightening5. A. moonlight B. light C. sunlight D. stars6. A. summer B. spring C. autumn D. winter7. A. speak B. say C. talk about D. tell8. A. green B. yellow C. white D. gray9. A. calm B. sleepy C. active D. helpful10. A. the other B. another C. other one D. others11. A. black B. green C. golden D. yellow12. A. go round B. go by C. go off D. go along13. A. one B. way C. fact D. matter14. A. factory B. classroom C. restaurant D. hospital15. A. Different B. Cool C. Warm D. All（2）Charlie came from a poor village. His parents had __1__ money to send him to school when he was young. The boy was very sad. Mr. King lived next to him. He found the boy __2__ and had pity on him and lent some money to him. So the boy could go to school. He studied hard and __3__ all his lessons. When he finished middle school, the man introduced him to his friend in the town. And he began to work.Once Mr. King was seriously hurt in an accident. Dying, he asked Charlie to take care of his daughter, Sharon. The young man __4__ and several years later he married the girl. He loved her very much and tried his best to make her happy. He often bought beautiful clothes and delicious food for her. He was good at cooking and he cooked __5__ for her. So she became very fat and she felt it difficult to walk. And one day she found there was something wrong with her heart. Her husband wasn’t at home and she had to go to __6__ at once. The doctors looked her over and told her __7__ eat meat, sugar, chocolate and things like these. She was afraid __8__ the doctor’s words and wrote all the names of the food on the paper. When she got home, she put the list on the table and __9__. When she returned home that afternoon, she found manykinds of food: meat, sugar and chocolate in the kitchen. Charlie was busy __10__ there. As soon as he saw her, he said happily, “I’ve bought all the food you like, dear!”1. A. no B. some C. much D. enough2. A. lazy B. clever C. careful D. hard3. A. did well in B. was poor at C. was working D. was good for4. A. was angry B. thought hard C. agreed D. said “No.”5. A. a little B. a few C. many D. a lot6. A. rest B. sleep C. hospital D. work7. A. should B. would C. to D. not to8. A. to remember B. to forget C. to catch D. to teach9. A. slept B. went out C. cooked D. ate10. A. reading B. seeing C. cooking D. writing（3）Why do I want to go to college? No one has ever asked me __1 _ a question. But many times I have asked myself. I have __2__ a whole variety of reasons. __3__ important reason is that I want to be a better man.Many things make human beings different __4__ or better than or even superior to animals.One of the most important things is __5__ . If I fail to receive higher education, my education __6__. As I want to be a fully __7__ man, I must get a well-rounded education, which good colleges and universities are supposed to __8__. I know one can get educated in many ways, but colleges and universities are __9__ the best places to teach me how to educate myself. Only when I am well-educated, will I be a better human being and __10__ fit into society.1. A. quite B. so C. such D. another2. A. come up with B. agreed with C. been fed up with D. got on well with3. A. Most B. The most C. More D. Much4. A. to B. around C. between D. from5. A. education B. weather C. temperature D. science6. A. finished B. don’t finish C. will not finish D. has finished7. A. develop B. developed C. developing D. experience8. A. improve B. graduate C. hear D. provide9. A. between B. among C. inside D. outside10. A. can good B. may better C. be able to better D. be able to best（4）Farley worked for the Canadian government. One day, he was __1__ to learn more about wolves. Do wolves kill lots of caribou（北美驯鹿）? Do they kill people?They gave him lots of food and clothes and guns. Then they put him on a plane and took him to __2__. The plane put him down and went away. There were no houses or people in this place. But there were lots of animals and lots of wolves.People tell terrible stories about wolves. They say wolves like to kill and eat people. Farley remembered these stories, and he was __3__. He had his gun with him__4_.Then one day, he saw a group of wolves. There was a mother wolf with four baby wolves. A father wolf and another young wolf lived with them.Farley watched these wolves every day. The mother was a very __5__ mother. She gave milk to her babies. She gave them lessons about life. They learned how to __6__ food. The father wolf got food for themother. The young wolf __7__ the children. They were a nice, happy family—wolf family! Farley did not need his __8__ any more. In a short time, he got on well with the family. Farley watched them for five months. He learned that many stories about the wolves were __9__. Wolves do not eat people, and they do not eat many large animals. And he also learned bad things about men. It was men who killed many caribou and wolves.Later, Farley wrote a book about wolves. He wanted people to __10__ them and not to kill them.1. A. seen B. told C. heard D. found2. A. a small town B. a big city C. a far place D. a lonely village3. A. afraid B. happy C. angry D. tired4. A. at times B. all the time C. once a week D. every afternoon5. A. bad B. good C. hungry D. thirsty6. A. cook B. make C. get D. pick7. A. shouted at B. looked into C. laughed at D. played with8. A. food B. clothes C. gun D. plane9. A. not good B. not true C. not easy D. not clear10. A. grow B. have C. teach D. understand（5）Many people think that Americans 1 their cars almost more than anything else. When 2__ people are fourteen years old, they want to have their __3_ cars. They don’t ask for a car from t heir 4__. So many of them work in _5_ time during their last year of high school to buy a car. Learning to 6 _ and getting a driver’s license may be one of the most exciting things in a young person’s life.Some people almost 7 _ go to a doctor when they are ill. But they will __8_ their cars to a garage as soon as they think there is a 9 . On Saturdays or Sundays some people may 10 most of their time washing and repairing their cars.1. A. prefer B. love C. drive D. play2. A. little B. big C. old D. young3. A. new B. own C. expensive D. cheap4. A, friends B. teachers C. parents D. brothers5. A. free B. busy C. study D. good6. A. make B. mend C. wash D. drive7. A. always B. never C. often D. usually8. A. take B. carry C. pull D. lift9. A. question B. wrong C. mistake D. problem10. A. cost B. get C. spend D. use（6）Who designed (设计) the first helicopter (直升飞机)? Who __1__ of the most famous pictures in the world? Who knew more about the human body than most __2__? There is an answer __3__ all these questions --- Leonardo de Vinci (达芬奇).Leonardo may have been the greatest genius (天才) __4__ have ever known. He lived in Italy around the year 1500, but many of his inventions seem modern to us today. For example, one of his notebooks has drawings of a helicopter. Of course, he couldn’t __5__ a helicopter with the things he had. But scientists say his idea would have worked.But Leonardo __6__ an inventor. He was one of the greatest artists of his day. By the time he was twenty years old, he was called a master ( 大师) painter, and as he got older he became __7__ more famous.Sometimes he drew a hand ten different ways __8__ he was ready to paint.Many of Leonardo’s wonderful paintings are still with __9__ today. You may know one of his most famous works the __10__ woman known as the Mona Lisa.1. A. took B. made C. painted D. invented2. A. artists B. doctors C. painters D. people3. A. to B. of C. for D. from4. A. the scientists B. the artists C. the world D. people5. A. draw B. paint C. work D. build6. A. was just B. wasn’t just C. wasn’t D. was no longer7. A. less B. no C. even D. very8. A. before B. after C. because D. when9. A. him B. us C. them D. you10. A. interesting B. crying C. smiling D. surprising（7）Once, a king showed two men a large basket in the garden. He told them to fill it with water from a well. After they __1__ their work, he left them, saying, “When the sun is down, I will come and see your work.”At last one of them said, “What’s the use of doing this foolish work? We can __2__ fill the basket.” __3__ man answered, “That is none of your business.” The first man said. “You may do as you like, but I am not going to work at __4__ so foolish.” He __5__ his bucket and went away. The other man said no word, and kept on carrying __6__. At last the well was almost __7__.As he poured the last bucket of water into the basket, he saw a bright thing in it. He picked it up. It was a beautiful gold ring. Just then the king came. __8__ he saw the ring, he knew that he had found the kind of man he wanted. He told him to keep the ring for himself. “You __9__ so well in this little thing,” he said, “ __10__ now I know I can believe you with many things.”1. A. finished B. did C. began D. had2. A. ever B. never C. easily D. no3. A. The other B. Another C. One D. A second4. A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything5. A. picked up B. put away C. took away D. threw away6. A. water B. basket C. well D. work7. A. full B. empty C. filled D. clean8. A. While B. As soon as C. Before D. Since9. A. have done B. will do C. do D. are doing10. A. what B. why C. when D. that（8）Food is very important. Everyone needs to __1__ well if he or she wants to have a strong body. Our minds also need a kind of food. This kind of food is __2__. We begin to get knowledge even __3__ we are very young. Small children are __4__ in everything around them. They learn __5__ while they are watching and listening. When they are getting older, they begin to __6__ story books, science books…, anything they like. When they find something new, they love to ask questions and __7__ to find out answers. What is the best __8__ to get knowledge? If we learn by ourselves, we will get __9__ knowledge. If we are __10__ getting answers from others and do not ask why, we will never learn well. When we study in the right way, we will learn more and understand better.1. A. sleep B. read C. drink D. eat2. A. sport B. exercise C. knowledge D. meat3. A. until B. when C. after D. so4. A. interested B. interesting C. weak D. better5. A. everything B. something C. nothing D. anything6. A. lend B. read C. learn D. write7. A. try B. have C. refuse D. wait8. A. place B. school C. way D. road9. A. little B. few C. many D. the most10. A. often B. always C. usually D. something（9）Someone says, “Time is money.” But I think time is __1__ important than money. Why? Because when money is spent, we can get it back. However, when time is 2 it’ll never 3 . That’s 4 we mustn’t waste time.It goes without saying that the 5 is usually limited. Even a second is very important. We should make full use of our time to do 6__ useful.But it is a pity that there are a lot of people who do not know the importance of time. They spent their limited time smoking, drinking and __7 . They do not know that wasting time means wasting part of their own __8 .In a word, we should save time. We shouldn’t 9 today’s work for tomorrow. Remember we h ave no time to 10 .1. A. much B. less C. much less D. even more2. A. cost B. bought C. gone D. finished3. A. return B. carry C. take D. bring4. A. what B. that C. because D. why5. A. money B. time C. day D. food6. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything7. A. reading B. writing C. playing D. working8. A. time B. food C. money D. life9. A. stop B. leave C. let D. give10. A. lose B. save C. spend D. take（10）Nasreddin was a poor man, so he tried to grow __1__ he could in his own garden, so that he would not have to buy so many in the market.One evening he heard a noise in his garden and looked out of the window. A white ox had got into the garden and __2__ his vegetables. Nasreddin at once took his stick, ran out and chased the ox, but he was too old to catch it. When he got back to his garden, he found that the ox had ruined most of his precious vegetables.__3__, while he __4__ in the street near his house, he saw a cart with two white oxen which looked very much like the one that __5__ his vegetables. He was carrying his stick with him, __6__ he at once began to beat the two oxen with it. As neither of them looked more like the ox that had eaten his vegetables than the other, he beat both of them equally hard.The owner of the ox and cart was drinking coffee in a __7__ coffee-house. When he saw __8__ Nasreddin was doing __9__ his animals, he ran out and shouted, “What are you doing? What have those poor animals done to you for you to beat them like that?”“You keep out this!” Nasreddin shouted back, “This is a matter between me and one of these two oxen. He knows very well __10__ I am beating him!”1. A. so many vegetables B. many vegetablesC. as many as vegetablesD. as many vegetables as2. A. was eating B. ate C. had eaten D. has eaten3. A. Next day B. Next morningC. Last morningD. The next morning4. A. walks B. waked C. was walking D. walking5. A. ruined B. had eaten C. ate D. had ruin6. A. so B. and C. but D. or7. A. beside B. nearby C. near D. near by8. A. that B. which C. why D. what9. A. for B. to C. with D. on10.A. reason B. when C. why D. because（11）Tom grows the nicest vegetables and fruits and the most beautiful flowers in the village. Plants grow in Tom’s garden all through the __1__ and they are much __2__.Tom cuts some flowers for his sitting room table, eats some fruits and vegetables, but he __3__ most of them in the market. His vegetables, fruit and flowers are so __4__ and beautiful that they sold much more __5__ in the market than those of other villagers.How does Tom grow these beautiful things? He is so __6__ that he just sits under his orange tree with his radio.He __7__ the music all day.That is quite true. Tom __8__ things in spring, summer, autumn and winter. After that he sits with his radio. And everything __9__. It is the music that does the work. Tom knows more clearly that music makes the biggest vegetables and the most beautiful flowers. Plants love __10__ as much as people.1. A. week B. month C. season D. year2. A. better B. worse C. less D. later3. A. buys B. sells C. borrows D. lends4. A. dear B. bad C. big D. small5. A. politely B. quickly C. slowly D. carefully6. A. angry B. busy C. tired D. lazy7. A. listens to B. hears C. watches D. speaks8. A. fills B. plants C. throws D. makes9. A. does B. moves C. grows D. plays10.A. work B. rain C. stories D. music（12）For several years, Americans have enjoyed teleshopping-watching TV and buying things by phone. Now teleshopping is starting in Europe. In some __1__ countries, people can turn on their __2__ and shop for clothes, jewelry, food, toys and __3__ things.Teleshopping is becoming popular in Sweden. __4__, the biggest Swedish company sells different kinds of things on TV in fifteen European countries, and in one year, it makes $10 million. In France, there are two teleshopping channels, and the French __5__ about $ 20 million a year in buying things through those channels.In Germany, __6__ last year teleshopping was only possible on one channel for one hour every day. Then the government allowed more teleshopping. Other channels can __7__ for telebusiness, including the largest American teleshopping company and a 24-hour teleshopping company. German __8__ are hoping these will help them sell more things.Some people like teleshopping because it allows them to do their shopping without __9__. With all the traffic problems in cities, going shopping is not an easy thing. But at the same time, other Europeans __10__ like this new way of buying things. They call __11__ “junk on the air.” Many Europeans usually worry about the quality of the things __12__ on TV. They think high quality is the most important thing, and they don’t believe they can be sure about the quality of the things __13__.The need of high quality means that European teleshopping companies will have to be __14__ the American companies. They will have to be more careful about __15__ of the things they sell. They will also have to work harder to sell things that the buyers cannot touch or see by themselves.1. A. European B. Asian C. American D. African2. A. lights B. switches C. radios D. TVs3. A. some else B. another many C. the other D. many other4. A. Such as B. For example C. For teleshopping D. It is like5. A. takes B. cost C. spends D. spend6. A. to B. until C. unless D. by7. A. begin B. leave C. open D. turn on8. A. people B. women C. businessmen D. officials9. A. to go out B. going outC. to buy thingsD. buying things10. A. still B. don’t C. even D. won’t11. A. teleshopping B. TV C. radio D. telephone12. A. appearing B. coming out C. for sale D. to buy13. A. in the shop B. on TV C. they bought D. by this way14. A. the same with B. different fromC. as big asD. larger than15. A. the number B. the quality C. the places D. the buyers（13）Last Friday, after doing all the family shopping in the town. I wanted to have a rest before catching the rain. I __1__ a newspaper and some chocolate and __2__ into the station coffee shop. It was a cheap self-service place with long tables to __3__ at. I put my heavy bag down on the floor, __4__ the newspaper and the chocolate on the table and then went to get a cup of coffee.When I came back with the coffee, There was someone __5__ in the next seat. __6__ was a boy, with dark glasses and old clothes, and __7__ bright red at the front. He had started to eat my chocolate!Naturally, I was rather uneasy about him, but I didn’t want to have any __8__. I just read the newspaper, tasted my coffee and took a bit of chocolate. The boy looked at me in __9__.Then he took a __10__ piece of my chocolate. I could hardly believe it. Still I didn’t say anything to him. When he took a third piece, I felt more angry than uneasy. I thought, “Well, I shall have the last piece.” And I got it.The boy gave me a strange look, then __11__ up. As he left, he shouted out, “There’s something __12__ with that woman!” Everyone looked at me, __13__ I did n’t want to quarrel with the boy, so I kept quiet. I did not realize that I had __14__ a mistake until I finished my coffee and was ready to __15__. My face turned red when I saw my unopened chocolate under the newspaper. The chocolate that I had been eati ng was the boy’s!1. A. stole B. bought C. sold D. wrote2. A. went B. sat C. seated D. looked3. A. sit B. seat C. lie D. laugh4. A. pushed B. took C. put D. pulled5. A. jumping B. playing C. sitting D. sleeping6. A. He B. It C. Who D. What7. A. cut B. washed C. covered D. colored8. A. coffee B. trouble C. chocolate D. matter9. A. carelessness B. anger C. surprise D. happiness10. A. first B. second C. very D. last11. A. stood B. took C. cried D. looked12. A. strange B. wrong C. OK D. funny13. A. and B. but C. so D. while14. A. spelt B. corrected C. made D. found15. A. finish B. leave C. jump D. shop（14）Rosa liked making up stories. She was so __1__ that her classmates believed her from time to time. In fact, the whole class believed her! At first she supposed it was __2__. Now, as she got up to __3__ before the class, She knew that make –believe stories had some way of coming back to make you sad.Rosa’s parents were separated. Nine months out of the year, Rosa lived with her mother in an apartment on Anderson Street. But when summer __4__, she went to her father’s farm in Arizona.The farm was great! Rosa rode horses and __5__ with some farm work. Her father, however, was so __6__ that he couldn’t find time to go places with her. When she arrived each summer, her father would __7__ her at the airport and take her out to eat. And the day she went back to the __8__ he would always buy her a present.When summer came to a close, Rosa __9__ to her mother. At school she heard lots of stories her friends told about their family trips. Rosa wished she had a __10__ to talk about.Not long after __11__ began, Rosa was looking through travel magazines in the school library. They talked about many exciting __12__, like England and Germany. When Rosa’s friends asked what she had done that summer, she made up something that was not __13__. Remembering the travel magazines she had looked at, she told her classmates that she and her father had gone to __14__.When the class began studying England, Mr. Thomas asked Rosa to tell all the things she could __15__ about her trip to England!1. A. afraid B. worried C. sure D. happy2. A. joke B. fun C. turn D. game3. A. talk B. teach C. show D. travel4. A. passed B. arrived C. lasted D. changed5. A. made B. played C. helped D. did6. A. weak B. pleased C. busy D. lonely7. A. show B. visit C. meet D. send8. A. farm B. city C. family D. school9. A. wrote B. called C. moved D. returned10. A. family B. school C. teacher D. farm11. A. meeting B. school C. summer D. talk12. A. people B. cities C. languages D. places13. A interesting B. true C. long D. same14. A. England B. Germany C. farm D. home15. A. think B. see C. remember D. read（15）Most parents, I suppose, have had the experience of reading a bedtime story __1__ their children. And they must have realized how difficult it is to write a __2__ children’s book. Either the author has aimed (定目标) too __3__, so that children can’t follow what is in his ( or more often, her ) story, __4__ the story seems to be talking to the readers.The best children’s books ar e __5__ very difficult nor very simple, and satisfy（令人满意的）the __6__ who hears the story and the adult（成年人）who __7__ it. Unfortunately（不幸的是）, there are in fact few books like this, __8__ the problem of finding the right bedtime story is not __9__ to solve. This may be why many of the books regarded as __10__ of children’s literature（文学）were in fact written for __11__ “Alice in Won d erland” is perhaps the most obvious（明显）of this.Children, left for themselves, often __12__ the worst possible interest in literature. Just leave a child in a bookshop or a __13__ and he will more willingly choose the books written in an unimaginative (并非想象的) way, or have a look at the most children’s comics（连环图书）, full of the stories and jokes which are the rejections of teachers and righting-thinking parents.Perhaps we parents should stop __14__ to brainwash（洗脑）children into accepting（接受）our taste in literature. After all, children and adults are so __15__ that we parents should not expect that they will enjoy the same books. So I suppose we’ll just have to compromise（妥协）over the bedtime story.1. A. to B. in C. with D. around2. A. short B. long C. bad D. good3. A. easy B. short C. high D. difficult4. A. and B. but C. or D. so5. A. both B. neither C. either D. very6. A. child B. father C. mother D. teacher7. A. hears B. buys C. understands D. reads8. A. but B. however C. so D. because9. A. hard B. easy C. enough D. fast10.A. articles B. work C. arts D. works11. A. grown-ups B. girls C. boys D. children12. A. are B. show C. find D. add13. A. school B. home C. office D. library14. A. going B. liking C. trying D. preferring15. A. same B. friendly C. different D. common（16）Mrs. Ball had a son. His name was Mick. She __1__ him very much and as he was not a __2 __ child, she was always __3__ that he might be ill, __4__ she used to take him to see the best __5__ in the town four times a year to be looked __6__.During one of these __7__, the doctor gave Mick all kinds of tests and then said to him, “Have you had any __8__ with your nose or ears recently?” Mick __9__ for a second and then answered, “Yes, I __10__.”Mrs. Ball was very __11__. “But I’m sure you have __12__ told me that, Mick!” She said worriedly. “Oh, really?” Said the doctor __13__. “And what trouble have you with your nose and ears, my boy?” “Well,” answered Mick, “I always have trouble with them when I’m __14__ my sweater off, because the__15__ is very tight.”1. A. loved B. hated C. missed D. cared2. A. rich B. clever C. strong D. happy3. A. afraid B. surprised C. glad D. sure4. A. which B. for C. but D. so5. A. player B. teacher C. doctor D. lawyer6. A. round B. over C. for D. after7. A. talks B. years C. visits D. stays8. A. answer B. thing C. word D. trouble9. A. waited B. thought C. stood D. looked10. A. did B. will C. have D. do11. A. excited B. interested C. pleased D. surprised12. A. already B. just C. never D. always13. A. angrily B. seriously C. happily D. carefully14. A. turning B. taking C. keeping D. putting15. A. collar B. nose C. mouth D. ear（17）The computer plays an important part in our everyday life. It is one of the great __1__ in the world in the __2__ century. It works for us not only at home, in the offices, in big shops, __3__ at schools. Today it is used __4__ many ways. It really __5__ the world large wealth (财富) and happiness.The first computer in the world was __6__ Enid. It was built in America in 1946. It was __7__ and heavy. __8__ it was born, it has been developing very fast. Until now it has gone __9__ four periods（时期，阶段）and changed a lot. There’re many kinds of computers. Computers are getting smaller and smaller and computing faster and faster. It becomes more and more __10__.The computer can do most of the things __11__ the people. It can help us to __12__ about the real world more quickly, to learn __13__ we want to learn and to think __14__ ourselves. __15__ a student in the twenty-first century, you must work hard at it.1. A. inventions B. discoveries C. robots D. inventors2. A. twenty-first B. twenties C. twelfth D. twentieth3. A. also B. but also C. too D. either4. A. in B. to C. by D. over5. A. takes B. helps C. gets D. brings6. A. found B. invented C. called D. bought7. A. easy B. small C. large D. light8. A. For B. Until C. When D. Since9. A. by B. across C. through D. against10.A. serious B. harmful. C. dangerous D. helpful11.A. for B. to C. at D. with12.A. set B. tell C. know D. talk13.A. what B. that C. which D. who14.A. of B. about C. out D. for15.A. For B. Be C. As D. To（18）You may think there is only sand in the desert of the world, __1__ it is not true. In the desert, as we。

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)共50篇

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．A wise man was walking from one town to another with a few of his followers， and they happened to pass a lake． So they stopped there to （1）A for a while， and the wise man said to one of his followers， "I am very （2）． Could you please （3）A me some water from the lake？"The follower walked to the lake （4）C the wise man requested．Some people were washing clothes in the water，and right at that moment，several carts （手推车）started crossing the lake．（5）D， the water became very muddy（泥泞的）．Then he went back and told the wise man that the water was very muddy and not （6）A to drink．After they had rested for about half an hour，the wise man again asked the （7）follower to go back to the lake and get him some water to drink． As requested， the follower went to the lake again． This time he found that all the mud had settled to the （8）C． The water was very （9）and looked fit to drink． So he （10）D his water bottle and took it to the wise man．The wise man took the water bottle and drank， then looked up at the follower． "See what you did （11）the water clean？" he said． "You let it be for a while and the mud settled down on its own，（12）A you could get some clear drinking water． Your mind can also be like that lake when it is （13）C by something． If you just let it be and give it a little time， it will most likely settle down on its own （14）A being put in any effort at all to （15）it．"（1）A． rest B． look C． watch D． see（2）A． hungry B． thirsty C． happy D． sad（3）A． get B． give C． take D． bring（4）A． while B． before C． as D． until（5）A． However B． Instead C． In addition D． As a result（6）A． fit B． able C． important D． interesting（7）A． different B．same C． other D． left（8）A． top B． side C． bottom D． lake（9）A． dirty B． clear C． fresh D． sweet（10）A． got B． finished C． reached D． filled（11）A． making B． to make C． made D． had made（12）A． so that B． in order to C． because D． when（13）A． woken B． left C． disturbed D． given（14）A． without B． with C． after D． like（15）A．prevent B． calm C． protect D． fix【分析】这篇短文借水通过时间沉淀泥沙，自身变得清澈的事实，告诉了我们，思想也能通过时间来平静下来，所以做事不能冲动、着急．【解答】（1）A．考查动词（不定式）．四个选项都是动词原形．rest休息；look看；watch．观看，观察；see看见．根据下文"After they had rested for about half an hour"可知，他们休息了大约半小时．故本句是说他们停下来休息一会儿，故选A．（2）B．考查形容词．四个选项都是形容词．hungry饥饿；thirsty口渴；happy高兴；sad 伤心．根据下文"Could you please（）me some water from the lake"的意思，智者说他想喝点水，请某学生给他取点湖水喝．因此，本句句意是：我很口渴．故选B．（3）A．考查一般疑问句及情态动词后面跟动词原形．四个选项都是动词原形．get去拿（取）；give给予；take带走；bring带来．根据上文"I am very thirsty"的意思，智者口渴得很，故本句是让某学生给他取点水可．故句意是：请给我取点湖水喝．故选A．（4）C．考查连词和状语从句．四个选项都是连词，都可引导状语从句．while而；当…时候；before在……之前；as作为；像……一样；until直到．根据后一句的句意（智者所要求的）可知，它是智者所要求的内容或方式，故为方式状语，故用as引导．句意为：学生按照智者的要求，走到湖边．故选C．（5）D．考查短语as a result．四个短语都可作为状语．however然而；instead相反；In addition另外；as a result结果．根据本句句意（水变浑浊了）和上句（有几辆推车过湖）有因果关系，即前因后果，故选用as a result．句意：结果，湖水边浑浊了．故选D．（6）A．考查形容词及be able to do sth句型．四个选项都是形容词．fit健康的、适合的；able能够；important重要的；interesting有趣的．根据句中的"muddy"说明湖水浑浊了，不适合（不能）喝了．故句意是：于是，他回去，告诉智者说，湖水变浑了，不能喝了．not able to drink不能喝．故选A．（7）B．考查形容词．四个选项都是形容词．different不同的；same相同的；other其他的；left左边的．根据下文"This time he found that all the mud had settled（沉淀） to the（23"可知，这个学生和上次那个是同一人，故选same．the same follower同一个学生．句意：他们休息了约半小时后，智者再次让同一个学生去到湖边为他取点水喝．故选B．（8）C．考查名词．四个选项都是名词．top顶端；side一边、一面；bottom底部；lake 湖．根据句意，应为他发现泥土都沉积到湖底．to the bottom到底部．故选C．（9）B．考查形容词．四个选项都是形容词．dirty脏的；clear清晰；fresh清新；sweet 甜．根据上文"This time he found that all the mud had settled（沉淀） to the bottom"的意思，泥土都沉淀到湖底，当然湖水变清澈了．故本句句意：水变清澈，看起来能喝了．故选B．（10）D．考查一般过去时．四个选项都是动词过去式．got去取、得到；finished完成；reached到达；filled充满．根据后半句"and took it to the wise man"的意思，他把水给智者带来，因此，上半句是说，他把瓶子灌满水．整句句意是：他把瓶子灌满水，给智者带去．故选D．（11）B．考查动词．A现在分词；B不定式；C过去式；D现在完成时．根据上文"Thewise man took the water bottle and drank"的意思，智者接过水瓶就喝起来．因此，这里他问的是：搞明白你为使水变干净而所做的事情了吗？词不定式做目的状语表示具体的将要进行的动作，故选B．（12）A．考查状语从句．四个选项都可引导状语从句．so that因此；in order to 为了；because因为；when当……时．根据前后两句的意思（"你在那里等一会儿，泥土自然就沉淀了"和"你就能得到清澈的引用水了"），它们之间有因果关系，即前因后果，故用so that 连接，引导目的状语从句．故选A．（13）C．考查动词．A．woken 唤醒；B．left离开，出发；C．disturbed打搅，打扰；D．given给．根据上文"You let it be for a while and the mud settled down on its own，so that you could get some clear drinking water"的意思，在那里等一会，泥土就沉淀了，你就能得到清澈的引用水了，可知此处指的是思想被某些东西打扰时．句意：你的想法当有时被什么打搅时，也可以像那个湖一样．故选C．（14）A．考查介词．四个选项都是介词．without没有；with和……一起；after在……之后；like像……一样．根据前边从句"it will most likely settle down on its own"的意思，它自然（自己）就沉淀，因此，这里是说，不用进行任何努力．句意：而不用付出任何努力．without being put in any effort at all根本不用付诸任何努力．故选A．（15）B．考查动词（不定式）．四个选项都是动词原形．prevent防止；calm使平静（镇静）；protect保护；fix修理．根据上文"Your mind can also be like that lake when it is disturbed（被搅乱的）by something"的意思，当思想混乱时，安静一会，就会镇静下来，故选calm．to calm it使它平静下来．故选B．2．If you are asked to recite （吟诵）lines of poetry that have the Chinese character "hua" which means "flower"．How many lines could you recite？He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl，had to take on this（1）D on a TV show held by Shandong TV．He Liran，a student from the Harvin No．163 Middle School（2）Heilongjiang Province，competed with over 100 other students．The competitors（3）C to recite lines of poetry that had the word "hua"，with He Liran replying to each one．In the end，He Liran（4），reciting more than 60 out of the 127 lines in the competition．Her love of reading helped her win．Her father started reading to her （5）A she was just 4 years old．（6）D has been a bookworm （书虫） ever since．She is especially（7）in ancient poetry．"The beautiful lines they feature refresh my thought and inspire （启发）me a lot．For example，I love Su Shi's（8）C．His optimism （乐观） influences me a lot，" she said．Though she is busy with her schoolwork，she（9）A some time studying at least one poem each day．She thinks ancient poetry is still（10）C，even in modern times．Poems can be part of our daily life．（1）A．risk B．truth C．way D．challenge（2）A．on B．in C．at D．with（3）A．took down B．took place C．took turns D．took away（4）A．failed B．won C．cried D．left（5）A．when B．because C．if D．unless（6）A．I B．You C．He D．She（7）A．bored B．interested C．excited D．worried（8）A．paintings B．novels C．poems D．presents（9）A．spends B．takes C．pays D．costs（10）A．easy B．useless C．important D．boring【分析】这篇文章讲述了一个叫何丽然的女孩喜欢古诗，并在诗词大会上获胜的事．【解答】（1）D．名词辨析．risk危险；truth事实；way方法；challenge挑战．根据had to take on this﹣on a TV show 可知参加电视节目挑战．故选：D．（2）B．介词辨析．on在上面；in在里面；at在；with带有．根据Harvin No．163 Middle School﹣Heilongjiang Province．可知哈尔滨163中学在黑龙江省内．故选：B．（3）C．动词短语辨析．took down拒绝；took place发生；took turns轮流；took away带走．根据The competitors﹣ to recite lines of poetry．可知参赛者轮流背诵诗歌．故选：C．（4）B．动词辨析．failed失败；won获胜；cried哭；left离开．根据下文Her love of reading helped her win．可知何丽然获胜．故选：B．（5）A．从属连词辨析．when当…的时候；because因为；if如果；unless除非．根据Her father started reading to her ﹣she was just 4 years old．可知当她4岁的时候，她的父亲给他读诗．可知这是when引导的时间状语从句．故选：A．（6）D．代词辨析．I我；You你；He他；She她．根据He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl．可知何丽然是一个女孩，用she指代．故选：D．（7）B．形容词辨析．bored厌烦的；interested有趣的；excited兴奋的；worried担心的．根据She is especially﹣in ancient poetry．可知她对古诗感兴趣．be interested in对某事感兴趣．故选：B．（8）C．名词辨析．paintings油画；novels小说；poems诗歌；presents礼物．根据I love Su Shi's﹣可知我喜欢苏轼的诗．故选：C．（9）A．动词辨析．spends花费；takes花费时间；pays支付；costs花费．根据she﹣some time studying at least one poem each day．她每天花一些时间至少学习一首诗歌．spend time doing something花时间做某事．故选：A．（10）C．形容词辨析．easy容易的；useless无用的；important重要的；boring令人厌烦的．根据下句Poems can be part of our daily life．可知她认为诗歌是重要的．故选：C．3．Food is important．Everyone needs to（31）D well if he or she wants to have a strong body．Our minds （心灵）also need a kind of food．This kind of（32）C is knowledge．We begin to get knowledge（知识） even when we are young．Small children are （33）A in everything around them．They learn（34）when they are watching and listening．When they are getting older they begin to（35）D story books，science books and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （36）A to find out the answers．What is the best（37）C to get knowledge？If we learn（38）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are（39）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand（40）D．31．A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat32．A．sport B．exercise C．food D．meat33．A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good34．A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything35．A．lend B．write C．learn D．read36．A．try B．have C．think D．wait37．A．place B．school C．way D．road38．A．on B．with C．to D．by39．A．seldom B．always C．certainly D．sometimes40．A．harder B．much C．well D．better．【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】31．D．考查动词．A睡觉；B读；C喝；D吃；根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．故选D．32．C．考查名词．A运动；B锻炼；C食物；D肉；根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，句意：这种食物是知识．故选C．33．A．考查形容词．A感兴趣的；B有趣的；C弱的；D好的；根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．故选A．34．B．考查代词．A所有的；B一些；C没有什么；D任何；根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西．everything过于绝对化，nothing、anything 不合文意，应选 something．故选B．35．D．考查动词．A借；B写；C学习；D读；根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．故选D．36．A．考查动词．A尝试；B有；C想；D等；根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．故选A．37．C．考查名词．A地方；B学校；C方法；D路；根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？故选C．38．D．考查介词．A在…上；B和；C到；D由；根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．故选D．39．B．考查副词．A很少；B总是；C一定；D有时；根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……故选B．40．D．考查比较级．A更难；B很多；C好；D更好；根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级．better意为"更好"，句意：……，我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好．故选D．4．Food is important．Everyone needs to （1）D well if he or she wants to have a strong body．Our minds also need a kind of food．This kind of food is （2）C．We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．Small children are（3）A in everything around them．They learn（4）D while they are watching and listening．When they are getting older，they begin to（5）D science books，storybooks and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （6）A to find out the answers． What is the best （7）C to get knowledge？If we learn （8）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are （9）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand （10）D．So we should believe in the saying that is never too old to learn．（1）A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat（2）A．sport B．exercise C．knowledge D．meat（3）A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good（4）A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything（5）A．lend B．write C．learn D．read（6）A．try B．have C．think D．wait（7）A．place B．school C．way D．road（8）A．on B．with C．to D．by（9）A．seldom B．always C．never D．sometimes（10）A．harder B．much C．well D．better【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】（1）D句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，符合句意．故选D．（2）C句意：这种食物是知识．根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，符合句意．故选C．（3）A句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，符合句意．故选A．（4）D句意：当他们看和听得时候，他们学习任何东西．根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知当儿童感知周围事物的时候，可以学习任何东西．anything意为"任何东西"，符合句意．故选D．（5）D句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，符合句意．故选D．（6）A句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．故选A．（7）C句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，符合句意．故选C．（8）D句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．故选D．（9）B句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．故选B．（10）D句意：……，我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好．根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级．better意为"更好"，符合句意．故选D．5．My best friend Andy and I spare a few hours of our time every week as volunteers for BuddyBall．It's a （1）C that helps disabled kids do sports and make new friends．So what does a buddy do？（2），I am a buddy eleven﹣year﹣old boy Tom．He is in a wheelchair and is a good basketball player，but just like any kid，it makes him（3）when he misses a shot or makes a bad pass．He starts to （4）C and doesn't want to play．Sometimes he even wants to give up．So，as his buddy，I encourage（鼓励）him．Now we're working on our basketball skills together．I find （5） great to see how he has improved and he doesn't get sad so easily．Andy is a buddy for Clara，a kid（6）D very few language skills．She is also a bit wild! She likes running away．Ally has learned （7）A to work with Clara and to get her to join in the games．Now she loves baseball and has more friends．Next week she's playing in a team．Her parents are （8）happy about BuddyBall and they say that Clara is more （9）and sociable（好交际的）after her BuddyBall sessions．BuddyBall is a great chance for everyone!Differences disappear（消失）and we（10）C that we're all just kids loving sports．I love doing BuddyBall because I know I'm doing something meaningful!（1）A．group B．match C．programme（计划）D．subject（2）A．In the end B．At the moment C．On the way D．In all（3）A．tired B．sad C．happy D．excited（4）A．check B．touch C．cry D．laugh（5）A．this B．it C．that D．him（6）A．of B．for C．without D．with（7）A．how B．when C．why D．what（8）A．never B．really C．nearly D．mostly（9）A．careful B．confident C．clever D．careless（10）A．discuss B．form C．realize D．look【分析】作者和朋友艾利参加了帮助儿童做运动和交友的志愿活动，从中了解到，这个志愿活动对大家来说是个很好的机会．参加活动后，大家的分歧消失，并且意识到，大家都是热爱运动的孩子．【解答】（1）C．考查名词．A组；B比赛；C节目（项目）；学科．根据上文"My best friend Ally and I spare a few hours of our time every week as volunteers for BuddyBall"可知，艾利和我花每周花几小时为志愿者活动做义工．这是一个帮助残疾儿童做运动和交友的项目．故选C．（2）B．考查介词短语．A最终；B现在；C在路上；D总共．根据语境可知，现在，我给一个11岁大的男孩汤姆做伙伴．故选B．（3）B．考查形容词．A累的；B伤心的；C开心的；D兴奋的．根据语境可知，正像任何小孩一样，当他没有投中或者传球失误时，这会使他感到应该伤心．故选B．（4）C．考查动词．A核对；B触摸；C哭；D笑．根据上文"He starts to cry and doesn't want to play"可知，他就开始哭泣，不想打．有时他甚至想放弃．故选C．（5）B．考查代词．A这个；B它；C那个；D他．根据语境可知，看到他有提高，并且不再那么容易焦虑真好．it为形式宾语，代表后移的不定式，故选B．（6）D．考查介词．A…的；B为；C没有；D和；根据句意她是一个语言能力很差的孩子，表具有，用with．故选D．（7）A．考查疑问词．A怎样；B何进；C为什么；D什么．根据下文"Next week she's playing in a team"可知，艾利已经学会了怎样和克拉拉合作，并让她加入游戏．下周她要在一个团队中打球．故选A．（8）B．考查副词．A从不；B真地；C几乎；D主要地．根据语境可知，她的父母对BuddyBall真地很开心，并且他们说克莱尔在加入BuddyBall课程之后变得更加自信和更善于交际了"．故选B．（9）B．考查形容词．A仔细的；B自信的；C聪明的；D粗心的．根据语境可知，她的父母对BuddyBall真地很开心，并且他们说克莱尔在加入BuddyBall课程之后变得更加自信和更善于交际了"．故选B．（10）C．考查动词．A讨论；B（使）出现，产生；C意识到；D看．根据上文"BuddyBall is a great chance for everyone"可知，句意"差异消失了，而且我们意识到我们也是爱运动的孩子"．故选C．6．Man began to make use of fire long long ago．Fire is useful in many ways，but sometimes it is dangerous．If you are not（1）A with it，it can burn things or（2）A hurt you．A big fire can （3）C forests and tall buildings．Sometimes a piece of （4）D paper can cause a big fire．So please remember（5） in the dry places like woods and forests （6）throw a cigarette end on the grass and it's also important for you to put the candles in the （7）D place．When you use candles at home，you should（8）C your long hair away from the fire．But if there is a（9）C in our building，what should we do with it？Pour some water （10）C your clothes．What's more，put a （11）D towel （毛巾） over your mouth and your nose to keep the （12） out．You'd better run away from the fire as（13 as you can．But you mustn't rush!Or you may fall over and hurt yourself or others．Of course you should also call 119．On the phone you should clearly tell the firemen （14 A the fire is to help them get there without difficulty．By the way，Do not（15）D out of the window．Jumping may be more dangerous than the fire．Keep ourselves away from fire and safety is above all!（1）A．careful B．happy C．pleased D．strict（2）A．even B still C．also D．always（3）A．wash B．blow C．burn D．hit（4）A．black B．white C．thick D．thin（5）A．not to swim B．not to smoke C．don't swim D．don't smoke （6）A．and B．or C．and not D．or not（7）A．quiet B．noisy C．wrong D．right（8）A．make B．put C．keep D．take（9）A．forest B．piece of paper C．fire D．an area ofgrassland （10）A．above B．below C．over D．under（11）A．dry B．big C．small D．wet（12）A．air B．smoke C．water D．fire（13）A．slowly B．quickly C．happily D．early（14）A．where B．when C．what D．how（15）A．run B．rush C．get D．jump【分析】本文是讲述了在森林和家中如何避免火灾的发生；当火灾发生时，应如何采取正确的措施进行自救．【解答】（1）A 形容词辨析．careful "仔细的，小心的"，happy"高兴的"，pleased "高兴的"，strict"严格的"．根据下文中的 it can burn things 可知，应该是不小心，not careful．所以本题选A．（2）A 副词辨析．A甚至；B仍然；C也；D总是；根据意思，本句应该是较前面更进一步，故用even"甚至"．本句的意思是"它能烧掉物品甚至伤到你．"所以本题选A．（3）C 动词辨析．根据题干，本句的意思是"一场大火会烧掉森林和高楼．"故用burn．Wash"洗"，blow"吹"，hit"打击"都不符合题意．所以本题选C．（4）D 形容词辨析．根据题干，本句的意思是"有时一张薄纸就能引起一场火灾．""薄的"是thin；而black"黑色的"，white"白色的"和thick"厚的"都不符合题意．所以本题选D．（5）B 动词辨析．根据in the dry places like woods and forests 可知，不应该是游泳，故排除AC；根据remember not to do的用法，故排除D．所以本题选B．（6）B 连词辨析．根据上下句的关系，本空后面的内容也应该是记住不能做的，因为前面已经有not了，故本空只需填or．所以本题选B．（7）D 形容词辨析．A安静的；B嘈杂的；C错的；D正确的；根据题干，本句的意思应是"在一个正确的地方用蜡烛也是很重要的．"故用right．所以本题选D．（8）C 动词辨析．A使；B放；C保持；D拿；keep away from是"远离"是固定短语．本句的意思是"你应该将你的长发远离火．"所以本题选C．（9）C 名词辨析．A森林；B一张纸；C火；D一片草地；根据下文采取的措施可知，本处应该是火灾即fire．本句的意思是"但是如果我们的楼中有火灾"．所以本题选C．（10）C 介词辨析．A在…上方；B在…下方；C在…上方；D在…下；根据题干，本句的意思是"将水倒到你的衣服上"，故选A、C；over是指正上方，而above只是指上方．所以本题选C．（11）D 形容词辨析．A干的；B大的；C小的；D湿的；根据常识可知，应该是用湿毛巾捂住嘴和鼻子，"湿的"是wet．所以本题选D．（12）B 名词辨析．A空气；B烟；C水；D火；根据上文，将嘴和鼻子捂住的目的就是为了将烟挡住．所以本题选B．（13）B 副词辨析．A慢地；B快地；C开心地；D早地；根据常识可知，发生火灾时，当然是尽可能快的逃跑，"迅速地"是quickly．所以本题选B．（14）A 连词辨析．A哪儿；B何时；C什么；D怎样；当火灾发生时，打报警电话最重要的就是说清火灾的位置，故用where．所以本题选A．（15）D 动词辨析．A跑；B冲；C得到；D跳；根据Jumping may be more dangerous than the fire．可知，本空应该是jump．所以本题选D．7．At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food：I used it to kill bad feelings，to make （1）feel better，and to celebrate.Worried about my health，I tried many different kinds of ways but they didn't work.I came to believe that I could do （2）C about my weight.When I was 57，my weight problem began to affect me （3）A.I had spent more time in the hospital and I （4）C catch up with my 7﹣year﹣old grandson when we took a walk.And I had to walk downstairs very slowly and carefully ﹣I couldn't see the steps when （5）!I didn't want to live the rest of my life like that!That year，I joined a club where we were asked to create a project that would touch the world.A member shared her（6）she had not only lost 125 pounds，but also raised 25，000 for homeless children.I was（7）A by her story，so I created the Better Me，Better World（8）C.My goal was to lose 150 pounds in one year and raise ＄50，000 for a charity which was （9）C thirty years ago to end hunger.（10）A I began to carry on my project，I was filled with the fear that I would face the same difficulties which made me give up again.To my joy，after two weeks' hard work，there were some encouraging（11）D showing that I was going on the right way：I could sleep much better at night and I could walk farther（12）A the path in the park! （13）D I sent letters to everyone I knew，telling them about my project and how perfectly it worked!Donations began to rush in from many people.Of course，I also（14）A the useful suggestions from my doctor and my fitness coach strictly，and I began to eat small and healthy meals.My money﹣raising focus also gave me new power to exercise regularly.A year later，I （15）C my goal：I lost 150 pounds and raised ＄50，000!I feel that I've been given a second life to do something that is meaningful and helpful!（1）A.yourself B.myself C.herself D.ourselves（2）A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything（3）A.seriously B.secretly C.carefully D.suddenly（4）A.mustn't B.shouldn't C.couldn't D.needn't（5）A.looked up B.looked down C.looked across D.looked over（6）A.invention B.success C.housework D.accident（7）A.amazed B.worried C.scared D.hurt（8）A.homework B.business C.project D.subject（9）A.discovered B.found C.set D.invented（10）A.When B.If C.Because D.Since（11）A.meanings B.objects C.thoughts D.signs（12）A.along B.across C.past D.under（13）A.Angrily B.Finally C.Luckily D.Excitedly（14）A.followed B.appeared C.suggested D.remembered（15）A.lost B.missed C.reached D.beat【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者从前为了消除坏情绪而乱吃东西，导致自己体重超标。

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

〖经典〗初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Chinese paper cutting（中国剪纸） is a kind of folk art（民间艺术）．People use scissors or knives to cut（1） into different pictures． In the past， these cut﹣outs were used to decorate （2）D so they were also called "window flowers" in Chinese．This art form has a（an）（3）C history．The cut﹣outs were（4）A used as patterns（纸样） for embroideries（刺绣品） in the 6th century． Later， paper cutting became an（5）C form of Chinese fork art．Today， paper cuttings are usually made with colour paper． They（6） used to decorate walls windows，doors，mirrors，lanterns and so on．And these（7）designed artworks can " also be given to each other as （8）D．Paper cuttings show people's best （9）．For example，at a wedding there must be piece of （10）A paper cutting with the Chinese character"囍"．At a birthday party of a （n）（11）D paper cutting with the Chinese character"寿"are often seen．During the Spring Festival，you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"（12）C．For over a thousand years， Chinese people have created many kinds of paper cutting．This tradition art form is still （13）D to this day．（14）A you like paper cuttings， you can learn to make it． Just need a pair of （15）D．And some paper．It's not difficult but needs a lot of practice．（1）A． cloth B． paper C． cards D． ropes（2）A．walls B． doors C． mirrors D． windows（3）A． interesting B． new C． long D． recorded（4）A． first B． last C． still D． nearly（5）A． meaningful B． popular C． important D． different（6）A．/B． are C． were D． can（7）A． careful B． carefully C． careless D． carelessly（8）A． skills B． tools C． wishes D． gifts（9）A． condition B． wishes C． plan D． dreams（10）A． red B． yellow C． blue D． colourful（11）A． active B． healthy C． young D． elderly（12）A． somewhere B． anywhere C． everywhere D． nowhere（13）A． useful B． right C． different D． popular（14）A． If B． As C． Because D． Though（15）A． hands B． gloves C． glasses D． scissors【分析】文章主要介绍了中国的剪纸的起源、发展和流行．【解答】（1）B．名词辨析．A布；C纸；C卡片；D绳子；根据上文Chinese paper cutting（中国剪纸），肯定是把纸剪成不同的图片，故答案是B．（2）D．名容词辨析．A墙；B门；C镜子；D窗户；根据后面window flowers，可知贴在窗户上，故答案是D．（3）C．形容词辨析．A有趣的；B新的；C长的；D有记录的；根据后面embroideries （刺绣品） in the 6th century．可知历史悠久，故答案是C．（4）A．副词辨析．A第一；B最后；C仍然；D几乎；根据后面Later之后，可知开始是做刺绣品的纸样，故答案是A．（5）C．形容词辨析．A有意义的；B流行的；C重要的；D不同的；根据an，可知要用首字母发音是元音音素的单词，只能选C，句意后来，剪纸成为中国民间艺术的一种重要形式．故答案是C．（6）B．动词辨析．根据前面Today可知时态是一般现在时，be used to do sth被用来做某事，主语they后面要用are，故答案是B．（7）B．副词辨析．A认真的；B认真地；C粗心的；D粗心地；根据题干，修饰动词要用副词，应该是这些精心设计的艺术品，故答案是B．（8）D．名词辨析．A技巧；B工具；C愿望；D礼物；根据这些精心设计的艺术品互相赠送，应该是作为礼物来互相赠送，故答案是D．（9）B．名词辨析．A条件；B愿望；C计划；D梦想；根据后面"囍，寿"等，可知展示人们最好的祝愿，故答案是B．（10）A．形容词辨析．A红色；B黄色；C蓝色；D五颜六色的；根据囍可知是红色的，故答案是A．（11）D．形容词辨析．A活泼的；B健康的；C年轻的；D年纪较大的；根据后面寿，应该是老人，故答案是D．（12）C．代词辨析．A某地；B任何地方；C到处；D无处；根据During the Spring Festival，you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"春节期间，福字到处都能看见，故答案是C．（13）D．形容词辨析．A有用的；B正确的；C不同的；D流行的；根据This tradition art form is still （13）to this day及常识，可知这项传统现在仍然很流行，故答案是D．（14）A．连词辨析．A如果；B作为；C因为；C虽然；根据你喜欢剪纸，你可以学着做，表假设，故答案是A．（15）D．名词辨析．A手；B手套；C眼镜；D剪刀；根据常识，学习剪纸，肯定需要剪刀和纸，故答案是D．2．If you are asked to recite （吟诵）lines of poetry that have the Chinese character "hua" which means "flower"．How many lines could you recite？He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl，had to take on this（1）D on a TV show held by Shandong TV．He Liran，a student from the Harvin No．163 Middle School（2）Heilongjiang Province，competed with over 100 other students．The competitors（3）C to recite lines of poetry that had the word "hua"，with He Liran replying to each one．In the end，He Liran（4），reciting more than 60 out of the 127 lines in the competition．Her love of reading helped her win．Her father started reading to her （5）A she was just 4 years old．（6）D has been a bookworm （书虫） ever since．She is especially（7）in ancient poetry．"The beautiful lines they feature refresh my thought and inspire （启发）me a lot．For example，I love Su Shi's（8）C．His optimism （乐观） influences me a lot，" she said．Though she is busy with her schoolwork，she（9）A some time studying at least one poem each day．She thinks ancient poetry is still（10）C，even in modern times．Poems can be part of our daily life．（1）A．risk B．truth C．way D．challenge（2）A．on B．in C．at D．with（3）A．took down B．took place C．took turns D．took away（4）A．failed B．won C．cried D．left（5）A．when B．because C．if D．unless（6）A．I B．You C．He D．She（7）A．bored B．interested C．excited D．worried（8）A．paintings B．novels C．poems D．presents（9）A．spends B．takes C．pays D．costs（10）A．easy B．useless C．important D．boring【分析】这篇文章讲述了一个叫何丽然的女孩喜欢古诗，并在诗词大会上获胜的事．【解答】（1）D．名词辨析．risk危险；truth事实；way方法；challenge挑战．根据had to take on this﹣on a TV show 可知参加电视节目挑战．故选：D．（2）B．介词辨析．on在上面；in在里面；at在；with带有．根据Harvin No．163 Middle School﹣Heilongjiang Province．可知哈尔滨163中学在黑龙江省内．故选：B．（3）C．动词短语辨析．took down拒绝；took place发生；took turns轮流；took away带走．根据The competitors﹣ to recite lines of poetry．可知参赛者轮流背诵诗歌．故选：C．（4）B．动词辨析．failed失败；won获胜；cried哭；left离开．根据下文Her love of reading helped her win．可知何丽然获胜．故选：B．（5）A．从属连词辨析．when当…的时候；because因为；if如果；unless除非．根据Her father started reading to her ﹣she was just 4 years old．可知当她4岁的时候，她的父亲给他读诗．可知这是when引导的时间状语从句．故选：A．（6）D．代词辨析．I我；You你；He他；She她．根据He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl．可知何丽然是一个女孩，用she指代．故选：D．（7）B．形容词辨析．bored厌烦的；interested有趣的；excited兴奋的；worried担心的．根据She is especially﹣in ancient poetry．可知她对古诗感兴趣．be interested in对某事感兴趣．故选：B．（8）C．名词辨析．paintings油画；novels小说；poems诗歌；presents礼物．根据I love Su Shi's﹣可知我喜欢苏轼的诗．故选：C．（9）A．动词辨析．spends花费；takes花费时间；pays支付；costs花费．根据she﹣some time studying at least one poem each day．她每天花一些时间至少学习一首诗歌．spend time doing something花时间做某事．故选：A．（10）C．形容词辨析．easy容易的；useless无用的；important重要的；boring令人厌烦的．根据下句Poems can be part of our daily life．可知她认为诗歌是重要的．故选：C．3．How do you go to school？Some students may answer，"By car"．Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses （羡慕地）．You needn't feel（1）A if you have no cars．It's true that cars are（2）．Many people find it hard to think about（3）life will be like if they have no cars．But now more people know that too many cars bring great（4）D．They make streets too（5）C．People are trying to stop pollution （污染）from cars．One way is to make（6）A cars．But it （7）D much to make these cars．And more people think about better ways．We can（8） our lifestyle．A lot of Americans go to work（9）A their bikes now．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．It helps people get strong．Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world （10）D pollution some day．（1）A．bad B．good C．well D．better（2）A．interesting B．important C．difficult D．dangerous（3）A．how B．what C．why D．where（4）A．lessons B．fun C．skills D．problems（5）A．small B．clean C．busy D．modern（6）A．green B．red C．yellow D．white（7）A．takes B．spends C．pays D．costs（8）A．have B．change C．enjoy D．make（9）A．on B．by C．with D．ride（10）A．with B．in C．has D．without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了，给社会带来了一些污染的问题，需要引起全世界人的重视，如果生产环保的车造价太高，我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切．【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1：A 考查形容词．A．bad糟糕的，不好；B．good好的；C．well好；D．better更好．根据if you have no cars，可知没有车会感觉不好，结合句意：如果你没有车，你不必觉得不好，故选A．2：B 考查形容词．A．interesting有趣的；B．important 重要的；C．difficult 困难的；D．dangerous危险的．根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars．可知车是重要的，故选B．3：B 考查疑问词．A．how 怎样；B．what什么；C．why为什么；D．where哪里．根据题干，可知这里缺少like的宾语，所以用what作宾语，结合句意：许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子．故选B．4：D 考查名词．A．lessons功课；B．fun 有趣；C．skills技巧；D．problems问题．根据They make streets too ．可知这里指车带来的问题，结合句意：但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题，故选D．5：C 考查形容词．A．small小的；B．clean干净的；C．busy忙的；D．modern 现代的．根据常识可知车辆多了，肯定街道繁忙，结合句意：他们使街道太繁忙．故选C．6：A 考查形容词．A．green绿色的；B．red 红色的；C．yellow黄色的；D．white白色的．根据People are trying to stop pollution （污染） from cars．可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染，结合句意：一个方法是生产环保的车．故选A．7：D 考查动词．A．takes花费，常常用it作主语；B．spends花费，常用人作主语；C．pays付钱，常用句型：sb pay+钱数+for sth；D．costs花费，常用物或事情作主语．根据题干，这里it是形式主语，真正的主语是to make these cars，故选D．8：B 考查动词．A．have有；B．change改变；C．enjoy 喜欢；D．make制造．根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．可知这里指人们改变了生活方式，结合句意：我们改变我们的生活方式．故选B．9：A 考查介词．A．on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike；B．by+bike骑自行车；C．with 用；D．ride动词．根据go to work，可知这里已经有动词了，故用介词短语，结合后面的their bikes，只能用on，故选A．10：D 考查介词．A．with和…一起 B．in在里面 C．has有 D．without没有，根据前文a green world，可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界，故选D．4．I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless．I had to（36）D Grade Six．At that time a new teacher，Miss Sadia，came to our school．One day after class，she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break．She came to meand began to talk to me．It was just a（37）C conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special．I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that（38）believed me，and my（39）D started to improve in her subject．Months later，she moved into a house near my（40）A．We would walk home together after school．Her constant （不断的） support helped me，especially in my studies，as I knew she would（41）D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects．I finally（42）second in my class．Then，after Grade Six，she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）A still kept a constant check on me．By the time I was in Grade Seven，we（44）D spoke，but by then I had become the（45）C in my class．When I left my school，I was out of touch with her，as she never answered the（46）C when I called her．Then I graduated and went to a good university．One fine day，our paths crossed again．I met her at a wedding．I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？" "You are a clever boy．I wanted you to be a tree（48）A on your own roots，not depending on （依靠）others．Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration （启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）C a shoulder．"she said．I could not say anything，but I smiled．I'll always thank her．36．A．jump B．attend C．copy D．repeat37．A．stupid（傻的）B．useless C．normal D．secret38．A．everyone B．someone C．anyone D．nobody39．A．words B．objects C．classes D．grades40．A．home B．school C．hotel D．company41．A．change B．look C．improve D．check42．A．received B．came C．caught D．held43．A．but B．as C．or D．so44．A．ever B．often C．once D．hardly45．A．oldest B．strongest C．best D．cleverest46．A．road B．schoolyard C．phone D．machine47．A．finish B．help C．prevent D．keep48．A．standing B．flying C．growing D．sitting49．A．sad B．proud C．good D．pity50．A．give up B．get on C．look for D．take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生，要他留级，这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师，在她的帮助和鼓励下，作者取得很大进步，但是从此以后，Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注，直到毕业后的一次偶遇，他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因．【解答】36．D考查动词辨析．A jump跳；B attend 参加；C copy复印；D repeat重复．根据I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生，所以不得不留级，选D．37．C考查形容词辨析．A．stupid 蠢得；B．useless无用的；C．normal 正常的；D．secret秘密的．从上下文It was just a（37）conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话，但是后来老师却格外注意我，选C．38．B考查代词辨析．A．everyone每个人；B．someone 某人；C．anyone任何人；D．nobody没有人．从上文After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注，所以作者感到了来自别人的信任，选B．39．D考查名词辨析．A words话；B objects 物体；C classes班级；D grades分数，成绩．根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了，选D．40．A考查名词辨析．A home 家；B school 学校；C hotel旅馆；D company公司．根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师．放学后一起回家．选A．41．D考查动词辨析．A．change 改变；B．look 看；C．improve 提高；D．check核实，检查．根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况，会查他各科的成绩，而且根据下文still kept a constant（不断的） check on me．内容也可以判断选D．42．B．考查动词辨析．A received收到；B came 来；C caught抓住D；held抓住．固定短语：come second获得第二名，句意：最后"我"获得班级第二名，选B．43．A考查连词辨析A but但是（表示转折关系）；B as由于（表示原因）；C or否则，或者（表示选择关系）；D so所以（表示前因后果）．从前后句she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）still kept a constant check on me．内容可知此处表示转折关系，句意：老师开始慢慢地疏远"我"，但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩，选A．44．D考查副词辨析．A ever曾经；B often 经常；C once曾经；D hardly几乎不．从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远，由此判断当"我"上七年级时，我们几乎就不交谈了，故选D．45．C．考查形容词辨析．A oldest 最老的；B strongest最壮的；C best最好的；D cleverest 最聪明的．but by then I had become the（45）in my class到那时，"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了，故选C．46．C考查名词辨析．A road路；B schoolyard 校园；C phone打电话；D machine机器．根据空后when I called her．可知当"我"给她打电话时，她从不接"我"的电话，故选C．47．B考查动词辨析．A finish完成；B help帮助；C prevent阻止；D keep保持．根据作者说的话I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话"，can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事，故选 B．48．A考查动词辨析．A standing 站立；B flying飞；C growing 生长；D sitting坐．从下文I wanted you to be a tree（48）on your own roots，not depending on （依靠）others内容可知老师希望作者独立，要像一棵树一样，站在自己的根上，而不是依赖于别人的帮助，故选A．49．B考查形容词辨析．A sad伤心的；B proud自豪的；C good好的；D pity遗憾的．从Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人） and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀，所以老师应该是为他自豪，故选B．50．C考查动词短语辨析．A give up放弃；B get on进展；C look for寻找；D take up拿起．从老师说的话You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人，要靠自己的力量，短语：look for a shoulder"依靠别人"，选C．5．One night，when I was eight，my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget．"Sweetie，my（16） wants to offer me a more important job because of my good work，but needs me to work in Brazil．This is like your teacher telling that you've done （17）C and allowing you to skip a grade（跳级），but you'll have to（18）A your friends．Would you say yes to your teacher？"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it．I was puzzled．Though I said"yes"，the question kept me （19）C for the rest of the night．I realized the（20）D decisions adults had to make．For almost four years，my mother would call us from Brazil every day．Every evening I'd （21）A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day．A phone call，however，could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel （22）D sometimes．During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday，we flew to Rio to visit her．Looking at her large （23）C flat，I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself．It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on （24）family and work．（25）C difficult decisions，she used to tell me，you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice，but you could always do the best out of the situation．When I returned home，I（26）D myself that what my mother could do，I could，too．If she （27）A to live well in Rio all by herself，I，too，could learn to depend all on myself．I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical （28）D．My mother is now back with us．But I will never forget what the （29） has really taught me．The separation（分离）between us has proved to be a（an）（30）A thing for me．16．A．teacher B．boss C．mother D．friend17．A．little B．much C．well D．wrong18．A．leave B．refuse C．contact D．forgive19．A．explaining B．sleeping C．wondering D．regretting20．A．poor B．rapid C．final D．hard21．A．hopefully B．politely C．nervously D．curiously22．A．satisfied B．happy C．relaxed D．lonely23．A．comfortable B．expensive C．empty D．modern24．A．providing B．balancing C．comparing D．mixing25．A．Disappointed at B．Compared with C．Faced with D．Satisfied with 26．A．enjoyed B．expressed C．warned D．reminded27．A．managed B．offered C．promised D．expected28．A．plans B．efforts C．prizes D．dreams29．A．question B．experience C．history D．chance30．A．wonderful B．terrible C．difficult D．unpleasant．【分析】这是一篇记叙文，作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后，他学会了自立，并且理解了妈妈的做法，这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历．【解答】16．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，teacher老师，boss老板，上司，mother 妈妈，friend朋友，结合句意可知："亲爱的，由于我工作出色，我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作，但需要我在巴西工作．"故选：B．17．答案：C．考查副词及语境的理解，little小的，少，much多，well好，wrong错误的，根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好，故选：C．18．答案：A．考查动词及语境的理解，句子中but表示转折关系，根据"老师告诉你做得好，允许你跳级．"，下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友．"故选：A．19．答案：C 考查动词及语境的理解，explaining解释，sleeping睡觉，wondering想知道，疑惑，regretting懊悔，句子中"I was puzzled．"妈妈的问题让我困惑了，下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜．"故选：C．20．答案：D．考查形容词及语境的理解，poor可怜的，穷的，rapid快速的，final最后的，hard难的，努力地．根据语境可知：作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑，我很难入睡，意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定，故选：D．21．答案：A 考查副词及语境的理解，hopefully怀着希望地，politely客气地，nervously紧张地，curiously好奇地，根据语境可知：四年来，妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我．可以推断出：作者很期待妈妈的电话，告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节．故选：A．22．答案：D 考查形容词及语境的理解，satisfied满意的，happy高兴的，relaxed轻松的，lonely孤独的，根据上句"然而，一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里，"下句应该是："有时不感到孤独是困难的．"故选：D．23．答案：C考查形容词及语境的理解，comfortable舒服的，expensive昂贵的，empty空的，modern现代的．根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里，我们乘飞机去里约看望她，看着她那空荡荡的大公寓，我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独．"，故选：C．24．答案：B．考查动词及语境的理解，providing提供，balancing平衡，comparing比较，mixing混乱，根据语境可知：就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．故选：B．25．答案：C．考查固定短语的理解，disappointed at对…感到失望，compared with与…作比较，faced with面临，satisfied with对…感到满意，由上文可知："就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．"下文应该是"面对艰难的决定，她曾告诉我，你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择，但你总能从中得到最好的结果．"故选：C．26．答案：D．考查动词及语境的理解，enjoyed喜欢，expressed表达，warned 警告，reminded提醒，根据语境可知："当我回到家时，我提醒自己，我的母亲所能做的，我可以．"故选：D．27．答案：A 考查动词及语境的理解，managed设法，offered提供，promised承诺，expected期望，根据语境可知："如果她在里约生活得很好了，我也可以学会全部靠我自己．"故选：A．28．答案：D．考查名词及语境的理解，plans计划，efforts努力，prizes奖，dreams梦想，这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己，实现大而有用的梦想"，故选：D．29．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，question问题，experience经历，经验，history历史，chance机会，根据语境可知：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，故选：B30．答案：A．考查形容词及语境的理解，wonderful极好的，terrible可怕的，difficult困难的，unpleasant不愉快的，根据上文可以知道：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，我从中学到很多东西．由此可知，这对我来说是一件好事情．故选：A．6．I have （1）C my hometown for a few years．It has changed a lot （2）A the years．New roads and beautiful buildings have been （3）C．People in my hometown have realized the（4）C of protecting the environment．They have done many things （5）C planting trees，keeping the roads clean，and not （6）D plastic bags．Now the （7）A is much better than before，and people's life is （8）D than before．The old are doing all kinds of （9）D such as playing（10）A，dancing and playing TaiJi in the park．There are（11）C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town．People's life is not（12）any more．They can relax in many different ways（13）C just watching TV at home．There are also some places（14）A further learning ，especially for the（15）A who want to find good jobs．（1）A．left B．been away C．been away from D．left away（2）A．over B．among C．between D．after（3）A．build B．building C．built D．buildings（4）A．important B．useless C．importance D．use（5）A．for example B．as C．such as D．that is（6）A．use B．used C．useful D．using（7）A．environment B．weather C．life D．hometown（8）A．bad B．worse C．colourful D．more colorful （9）A．games B．matches C．work D．activities（10）A．chess B．the chess C．with chess D．a chess（11）A．few B．less C．more D．much（12）A．interesting B．boring C．bored D．happy（13）A．for example B．in fact C．instead of D．such as（14）A．for B．at C．with D．to（15）A．young B．children C．old D．baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化．家乡建了新楼房和道路，人们的环保意识提高了，环境变好了．人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了，老年人有各种各样的活动；还有很多地方供人们休闲；对于年轻人来说，还有继续学习的地方．【解答】（1）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：我离开家乡有好多年了．for a few years，好些年；通常和现在完成时连用，leave是瞬间动词，不能与持续时间段连用，be away from离开，表示状态，可以与持续时间段连用；结合语境故选C．（2）A．考查介词与语境理解．A超过；B三者及以上其中；C两者中间；D在…之后；根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：这些年发生了很多改变．Over the years多年以来，故选A．（3）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：建了新的房子和道路．主语与动词直接是被动关系，要用被动语态，所以动词用过去分词，故选C．（4）C．考查名词与语境理解．从后文村民植树等行为，得知此句说的是，村民们认识到保护环境的重要性．A 重要的，形容词；B没有的，形容词；C 重要性，名词；D 使用，动词；结合语境故选C．（5）C．考查短语与语境理解．从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情，后面是具体的例子，例如植树，保持道路的清洁，A 例如，后面经常跟一个例子，B 作为，像；C 例如，可跟多个例子；D 也就是；结合语境故选C．（6）D．考查动词与语境理解．这里讲的还是环保的例子，句意为：不适用塑料袋．A 使用；B使用，是use的过去式；C 有用的，形容词；D 使用，use的现在分词；结合题意选A．（7）A．考查名词与语境理解．结合前文讲的是村民认识到环保的重要性，并采取了措施，所以此句为：环境比以前变好了．A 环境；B 气候；C 生活；D 家乡；结合语境选A．（8）D．考查形容词与语境理解．结合前后文，此句为：人们的生活变得更丰富了．A 不好；B更坏，是bad的比较级；C 丰富多彩的；D 更丰富多彩，是colorful的比较级；结合语境此处用比较级，而且是朝好的方向变化，故选D．（9）D．考查名词与语境理解．根据后面的举例dancing and playing TaiJi跳舞，打太极，得知此句为：老年人做各种各样的活动．A 游戏；B比赛；C 工作；D 活动；D符合语境．（10）A．考查名词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：例如下棋．Playing chess 下棋，不需要冠词，故选A．（11）C．考查形容词与语境理解．根据前文得知，人们的生活变得更丰富了，得知此句为：有更多的地方给人们娱乐，例如KTV和酒吧．A 和B都表否定，没有什么；C更多，是many和much的比较级；D 很多，修饰不可数名词；结合语境故选C．（12）B．考查形容词与语境理解．根据前文，人们开展很多活动，有更多的地方来娱乐，得知此句为：人们的生活不再乏味．A 有趣的；B 无聊的；C 感到无聊的，用来形容人的感受；D高兴；B符合语境．（13）C．考查短语与语境理解．根据前后文的意思，得知此句为：人们有很多放松的方式，而不是只是看电视．A 例如；B事实上；C 而不是；D 例如；结合语境故选C．（14）A．考查介词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：也有很多继续学习的地方．Place for doing sth．做某事的地方，介词用for，故选A．（15）A．考查名词与语境理解．根据后文who want to find good jobs．那些想找好工作的人，此句为：尤其是为那些想找好工作的年轻人．A 年轻的；B 小孩；C 老人；D 婴儿；结合语境故选A．7．My chance came at last．Our school was going to hold a sports meeting．I knew what it （1）D to me so I got up very early to prepare for it．I（2）running and jumping．When I was （3）C，I（4）D myself of my promise and went on．As the time approached（靠近），I felt quite confident．On the first day I（5）fourth in the 1500 m race，but I was far from（6）A because what I wanted most was the highlight of the sports meeting﹣4 x 100 m relay race．I would run the last leg for my team．With a shot，the race began．All the students were （7）C for their team．The competition was so heated that I began to feel nervous．Before my turn came，my team was （8）D the others．Even worse，I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to （9）A it．But after that，there was nothing in my mind except to run as fast as possible．Just when I was approaching the finish line，my legs gave out．Then my （10）A came to mind again and urged（催促） me on．To my （11）C，I was the first to cross the finish line!（12）D，I had proved to myself and those who had often laughed at me that I am not （13） at all!My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly．I had won the prize as well as their （14）C．From the sports meeting，I learnt that sometimes things are not so difficult as they（15）A to be．Just try your best without fear and you might be surprised at the result．（1）A．mattered B．held C．brought D．meant（2）A．exercised B．practiced C．chose D．tried（3）A．lazy B．sad C．tired D．hungry（4）A．braved B．told C．encouraged D．reminded（5）A．ended B．got C．came D．ran（6）A．pleased B．proud C．excited D．happy（7）A．heading B．racing C．cheering D．shouting（8）A．failing behind B．leading C．catching up with D．falling behind（9）A．catch B．hold C．pass D．take（10）A．promise B．coach C．teacher D．classmate （11）A．joy B．expectation C．surprise D．sadness（12）A．As a result B．After all C．Above all D．At last（13）A．bad B．weak C．slow D．lazy（14）A．congratulations B．support C．respect D．pride（15）A．seem B．choose C．look D．expect【分析】本文叙述了作者为了参加学校的运动会，积极去锻炼做准备．在运动上，在他的团队落后的情况下，他并不气馁，最后他的团队取得了第一名的好成绩．作者最后总结出：只要自己尽了最大的努力也许会有意想不到的好结果．【解答】1．D．考查动词．mattered 重要；held 举行；brought 带来；meant意味着．根据上文"Our school was going to hold a sports meeting"可知，我校要举办运动会．我知道这对我来说意味着什么．于是我早早起来准备．故选D．2．B．考查动词．exercised 锻炼；practiced 练习；chose 选择；tried尝试．根据语境可知，我练习跑步和跳跃．practice doing sth练习做某事．故选B．3．C．考查形容词．lazy懒惰的；sad伤心的；tired 疲倦的；hungry饥饿的．根据上文"I （2）running and jumping"可知，我练习跑步和跳跃．当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．故选C．4．D．考查动词．braved 勇敢面对；told告诉；encouraged鼓励；reminded提醒．根据语境可知，当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．remind sb of sth提醒某人某事．故选D．5．B．考查动词．ended 结束；got 得到；came 来到；ran跑．根据语境可知，第一天我在1500米赛跑中获得第四名．故选B．6．A．考查形容词．pleased高兴的（满意的）；proud骄傲的；excited激动的；happy高兴的．根据语境可知，但是我并不满意，因为我想要的是运动会的最精彩部分﹣﹣4 x 100接力赛．故选A．7．C．考查现在分词．heading 朝着……前进；racing跑；cheering欢呼；shouting喊叫．根据语境可知，所有学生都为自己的队伍加油．故选C．8．D．考查现在分词短语．failing behind （错误短语）；leading领导；catching up with赶上；falling behind落后于．根据语境可知，在轮到我跑之前，我的队伍落后于其他团队．故选D．9．A．考查动词．catch 接住（抓住）；hold 举办（容纳）；pass经过；take带走．根据语境可知，更糟糕的是，当我试图抓住接力棒的时候，我差点把它掉在地上．故选A．10．A．考查名词．promise诺言；coach教练；teacher老师；classmate同学．根据上文"When I was （3），I （4）myself of my promise and went on"可知，当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．这时我脑中浮现了自己的诺言，它督促我继续前进．故选C．11．C．考查名词．joy欢乐；expectation 例外；surprise吃惊；sadness伤心．根据上文。

【经典】初一英语完形填空含答案解析(50篇)

【经典】初一英语完形填空含答案解析(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Once upon a time，there were three brothers ﹣Samuel，Timothy and Xander.They were kind，but they were（1）C.One day，while returning home，they saw an old woman.The brothers went to help carry her bag home.（2），this old woman had magical powers.With the brothers' selfless help，she asked them to make a promise （许诺）."We are not happy，and that has become our biggest problem， "replied Samuel.So the woman asked what would make them happy. "A big house.There is（3）C more that I would want，"said Samuel."A big farm. "said Timothy. "A beautiful wife.Her sweet face would make me（4）A my sadness，"said Xander. "OK，"said the old woman，"Go home，and you will find what you have wished for. "After they returned home，there was（5）D a huge house，a farmland and a beautiful woman!The brothers became so happy.Soon a year was over.The situation was，however，now（6）for brothers.Samuel had been so lazy.Timothy found it hard to take care of the fields.Xander too，no longer found any joy.In short all of them weren't happy（7）A.So the brothers decided to visit the old woman. "Well， "replied the old woman. "When each of you made your wish，you were happy.However，happiness never lasts（8）C a very important thing﹣ being thankful.Only if you learn to be thankful，can you enjoy the happiness. "The brothers realized their（9）D and went back home.They saw how lucky they were to have the gifts.Samuel began taking good care of his house.Timothy could have a good harvest in time.Xander learned to（10）A his wife's devotion （奉献）.And thus，they could live happily ever after.（1）A.hopeless B.honest C.unhappy D.hardworking（2）A.At first B.In fact C.Above all D.On time（3）A.no B.something C.nothing D.everything（4）A.forget B.remember C.repeat D.feel（5）A.clearly B.luckily C.wrongly D.truly（6）A.amazing B.different C.difficult D.special（7）A.again B.instead C.too D.yet（8）A.except B.among C.without D.beside（9）A.danger B.dream C.happiness D.mistake（10）A.thank B.enjoy C.refuse D.accept【分析】文章通过一个故事，告诉我们要感恩我们的所有，才能幸福。

初中八年级英语完形填空专项练习10篇(含答案)

初中八年级英语完形填空专项练习10篇(含答案)

初中八年级英语完形填空专项练习10篇Cloze(1)Everyone needs friends. We all like to 1 close to someone. It is nice to have a friend to talk, laugh, and do things with. Certainly, sometimes we need to be alone. We don't always want people 2 .But we would feel lonely if we never had friend. No two people are 3 .Friends sometimes don’t get on well. That doesn't mean 4 they no longer like each other. Most of the time they will make up and become friends again. Sometimes friends move away. Then we feel very sad. We miss them very much, but we can call them and write to them. It could be that we could even see them again. And we can make new friends. It is surprising to find out 5 we like new people when we get to know them. There's more good news for people who have friends. They live longer than people who don’t. Why? It could be that they are 6 .Being happy helps you stay well. Or it could be just knowing that someone cares. If someone cares about you, you take better care of yourself.( )1. A. look B. watch C. feel D. see( )2. A. alone B. away C. all over D. around( )3. A. friendly B. kind C. just the same D. quite different( )4. A. that B. whether C. how D why( )5. A. how often B. how long C. how many D. how much( )6. A. happier B. stronger C. kinder D. richer答案: 1. C 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. D 6. ACloze(2)Mrs. Wilson and Mrs. Smith are sisters. Mrs. Wilson lives in a house in Duncan and Mrs. Smith lives in Victoria. One day Mrs. Wilson visited her sister. When her sister answered the door, Mrs. Wilson saw 1 in her eyes. " What's the matter? " she asked. Mrs. Smith said, "My cat Sammy 2 last night and I have no place to bury him.”She began to cry again. Mrs. Wilson was very sad because she knew her sister 3 the cat verymuch. Suddenly Mrs. Wilson said, "I can bury your cat in my garden in Duncan and you can come and visit him sometimes. " Mrs. Smith stopped 4 and the two sisters had tea together and a nice visit.It was now five o' clock and Mrs. Smith said it was 5 for her to go home. She put on her hat, coat and gloves and Mrs. Smith put the dead 6 into a shopping bag. Mrs. Wilson took the shopping bag and walked to the bus stop. She waited a long time for the bus. When the bus arrived, she got on the bus, sat down and put the shopping bag on the floor beside her feet. She got off the bus and walked for about two minutes. Suddenly she remembered she had left the shopping bag on the bus.( )1. A. tears B. dust C. happiness D. surprise( )2. A. ran B. left C. died D. lost( )3. A. hated B. loved C. disliked D. protected( )4. A. cry B. to cry C. crying D. cried( )5. A. time B. late C. early D. good( )6. A. Wilson B. Smith C. Duncan D. Sammy答案: 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. DCloze(3)What a beautiful day! The sun is shining and everything looks bright. It is hard to believe that the sun is about one hundred and fifty million kilometers 1 .If a plane flew day and night without stopping, It would take nearly 18 years to get to the sun.Our earth is cool enough for us to live on because the hot sun is very far. If the sun were much nearer, our earth would be too hot to live on. If there were no sun, the earth would be so cold that 2 could live on it. Aren't we lucky to be just about the 3 distance away from the sun?The earth circles the sun. It 4 one year for the earth to go completely around the sun. And at the same time, the earth itself is spinning around. The earth spins around once 5 .In the morning the sun seems to rise in the 6 .As the day goes on, the sun seems to travel across the sky. In the evening the sun seems to set in the west and then it is night. Almost every part of the earth turns from day to night during every 24 hours.The sun gives us light. It keeps us warm. It makes things grow. Plants, animalsand people need the sun. The sun makes our earth beautiful( )1. A. far B. from C. away D. long( )2. A. anything B. something C. everything D. nothing( )3. A. right B. wrong C. good D. same( )4. A. costs B. spends C. takes D. tells( )5. A. 24 hours B. 365 days C. 12 hours D. 18 years( )6. A. west B. east C. western D. eastern答案: 1. C 2. D 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. BCloze(4)Mary didn't understand these 1 :She is blue today. You are yellow. He has a green thumb(大拇指). He has told a little white lie, and so on. And she went to her teacher 2 help.Mary: Mrs. Smith, there is a 3 in each of these sentences. What do they mean?Mrs. Smith: In everyday English, “blue” sometimes means sad; "“yellow” means afraid. A person with a green thumb grows plants 4 .And a white lie is not a bad one.Mary: Would you give me an example for " a white lie?Mrs. Smith: Certainly. Now I give you some cakes. In fact you don’t like it, 5 you won't say it. Instead, you say, "No, thanks. I'm not hungry. That's a 6 lie.( )1. A. words B. sentence C. phrases D. sentences ( )2. A. with B. for C. about D. of( )3. A. colour B. plant C. animal D. food ( )4. A. good B. bad C. well D. nice ( )5. A. but B. therefore C. since D. that ( )6. A. red B. blank C. brown D. white答案: 1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. DCloze(5)The universe is everything out in space. I knows how big the universe is. When wetalk 2 the universe, we mean the earth, the sun, the moon and the stars.Now let me tell you something about our earth. The earth is a huge ball. It turns round and round in space. 3 surface is covered by water and land. If you are in a place and look 4at the earth from up in space, you will see lots of clouds over the surface of the earth. Through the clouds you will see the blue colour of the oceans and seas. Almost two-thirds of the earth is covered with water.We live on the outside 5 of the earth. Around and above us is the air. The earth takes twenty-four hours to turn all the way round- that is one day and one night. When your country is facing the sun, it is daytime for you. But as the earth turns away from the sun, everything around you grows 6 .Can you tell me something more about the earth or the universe?( )1. A. Man B. Nobody C. Humans D. Anybody ( )2. A. to B. for C. about D. in( )3. A. Its B. It’s C. It has D. The earth ( )4. A. up B. over C. off D. down ( )5. A. part B. point C. pole D. top( )6. A. clean B. bright C. warm D. dark答案: 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. A 6. DCloze(6)The Internet has opened up a whole new on-line world for us to meet, chat and go where we've never been before. But Just as in face-to-face communication, there are some basic rules of behaviour that should be 1 when online.The basic rule is simple: treat 2 in the same way as you would want to betreated. Imagine how you'd feel if you were in the other person's shoes.For anything you’re 3 to send, ask yourself, "Would I say this to the person's face?" If the answer is no, rewrite and reread. Repeat the process till you feel sure that you'd feel comfortable saying the words to the person's face.If you do decide to tell someone about a(n) 4 , point it out politely. At the same time, if you find you are wrong, be sure to correct yourself and apologize to those who you have offended .It is not 5 to ask others personal questions such as their age, sex, and marital status. Unless you know the person very well, and you are both comfortable with sharing personal information, 6 ask such questions.( )1. A. followed B. broken C. made D. seen( )2. A. another B. others C. the other D. the others ( )3. A. about B. like C. love D. start( )4. A. idea B. question C. mistake D. minute ( )5. A. glad B. bad C. well D. polite ( )6. A. do B. don’t C. please D. nor答案: 1. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. D 6. BCloze(7)Jack lost his job last week. It was difficult for him to find another 1 .Somebody told him that it was possible to get a new one in a town two hundred kilometers 2 . He decided to get there by train. So he went to the railway station and got on a train. He was the only one in the carriage. The train started. Suddenly a man came in 3 a gun and said to him, “Your money 4 your life!” Jack sat there without 5 up.“I don’t have any money,” Jack answered.“Then why are you so afraid of me?” the man asked angrily.“Because I 6 you were the conductor, and I didn’t buy ticket.” Answered Jack.( )1. A. work B. jobs C. ones D. one( )2. A. from B. farther C. away D. off( )3. A. with B. has C. have D. there was ( )4. A. but B. and C. so D. or( )5. A. stands B. standing C. stood D. stand( )6. A. know B. didn’t know C. think D. thought答案: 1. D 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. DCloze(8)Children like to copy what they hear. They copy their parents, their friends and even the TV. This teaches them how to 1 the language. Copying also does good to students of a second language. When you 2 foreigners speak English, repeat what they say as well as you can. Children don t practice grammar, but use the language to 3 that interest them. They don't 4 their vocabulary or poor grammar. They find ways to express themselves, and they do it successfully.Students of English school also pay their attention to communication, Look for 5 talk with people in English. If you can't find a foreigner to talk to, talk with other students in English 6 . Start an English discussion group and talk about music, movies or anything that interests you. Don't worry about making mistakes. What you want is to learn how to communicate easily and comfortably. Remember that you can communicate successfully even with a small vocabulary.( )1. A. speak B. read C. write D. say ( )2. A. listen B. listen to C. hear D. hear to( )3. A. take exams B. talk to peopleC. talk about thingsD. do their homework( )4. A. complain about B. worry aboutC. look upD. take care of( )5. A. places B. question C. chances D. books ( )6. A. again B. also C. only D. instead答案: 1. A 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. DCloze (9)Mike's hometown is a small village. It is not far from a city. 1 many other villages near cities, it is clean and quite. Not many families live there, so the people all know each other. Most of them are 2 and helpful. rThough their homes are in the small village, many people have 3 in the city. Some work in big factories, a few work in shops or offices. Most of these people go to work by bus, it usually takes about 4 to go from the village to the city.In the evenings a lot of people like to watch TV. If they want to see a film or to go to a concert they 5 go to the city. There are more cinemas in the city than in the city than in the village. Life in the village may not be 6 life in the larger cities, but it can be just as peaceful. That is why people in the small village love their hometown.( )1. A. Like B. Look C. Seem D. Take ( )2. A. friends B. good friends C. friendly D. friendship ( )3. A. job B. jobs C. his job D. work ( )4. A. half an hour B. an half hour C. half hour D. half a hour ( )5. A. had to B. should to C. needn't D. have to ( )6. A. as excited as B. as exciting as C. the exciting as D. as excited like答案: 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. BCloze (10)We were going to play with a tem from a country school, They didn’t come until the game time. They looked 1 than we had thought. They were wearing dirty blue jeans and looked like farm boys. We even thought that they had never seen a basketball before.We all sat down. We felt that we didn't 2 any time to practice against a team like that. It was already so late that no time could be given to them for a warm-up. The game began.One of our boys got the ball and he shot a long pass to our forward. From out of nowhere a boyin a dirty T-shirt 3 the pass and with a nice form he shot and got two points.They 4 us.Then they got another 5 of points in a minute. Soon it was all over. The country team6 We certainly learned that even though a team is good, there is usually another just a little better. But the important lesson we learned was: One can't tell a man, or a team, by the clothes.( )1. A. less B. stronger C. younger D. worse ( )2. A. get B. try C. need D. use( )3. A. caught B. changed C. started D. stopped ( )4. A. surprised B. kept C. broke D. hit( )5. A. half B. pair C. double D. group ( )6. A. won B. saved C. beat D. joined答案: 1. D 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. B 6. A。

初中英语中考总复习完形填空专项练习20篇附答案

初中英语中考总复习完形填空专项练习20篇附答案

初中英语中考总复习完形填空专项练习20篇附答案一Jackson Mann is a 16-year-old boy from Milford, UK. He has been interestedin 1 since he was a child. When he grew up, he began to care about animals around him and endangered wild animals. He even worked with the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) to 2 SOS, a card game about endangered wild animals.The idea for the game came by accident. Four years ago, Jackson and his family went on a trip to...Costa Rica. During the 3 , he saw many wild animals and found that many children were interested in playing card games. Thenhe 4 to make a card game about endangered wild animals. Jackson received lots of 5 and help from WWF.SOS is for kids over 7 years old. It introduces not onlysome 6 information about wild animals, but also some ways to save them when they are in danger. Jackson 7 that young people can learn about endangered wild animals while playing games.8 , great achievements have been made by SOS. Since its launch (发行), the card game has been quite 9 . Lots of kids buy it. “I will 10 all the money to wildlife protection organizations and will continue to work in the field of en dangered wildlife protection,” Jackson said.What a great boy and a great card game!1．A．flowers B．animals C．books D．planes2．A．create B．change C．describe D．report3．A．training B．exam C．journey D．meeting4．A．waited B．refused C．failed D．decided5．A．support B．tricks C．ceremonies D．space6．A．private B．basic C．junior D．medical7．A．hears B．worries C．remembers D．hopes8．A．Luckily B．However C．Hardly D．Again9．A．easy B．boring C．popular D．expensive10．A．throw away B．look for C．pay for D．give away二The sports cartoon Slam Dunk has been a common childhood memory for a generation of Chinese audience. It first 11 in 1990 as a cartoon, and now it returns with an all-new lovely film. The film Slam Dunk will come to theaters in Japan on Dec. 3 and in some other 12 later.Hearing the news, many cartoon fans are 13 and have written on the internet, “My youth is back!”Zhang Chao, an internet engineer from Shanghai, is one of them. “My heart is always 14 with righteous ardor (热血),” the 26-year-old said, describing his feeling 15 he reads the cartoon.The series, including the cartoon and the new movie, shows the audience a group of young boys who go after their 16 dreams. Hanamichi Sakuragi, a teenager, plays one of the leading roles. He works out many problems and gets to show his 17 in basketball after working hard on the Shohoku High School basketball team.“As these boys 18 the ball, nothing can stop them from enjoying the fun and hunger of every win,” added Zhang. “Sometimes, you can recall back your old days playing with your friends, 19 with each other and shooting hoops.”According to the Screen Rant website, as a sports cartoon series, the storyof Slam Dunk also shows friendship that develops 20 the players on the team.11．A．broke out B．came out C．found out D．put out12．A．cities B．theatres C．countries D．towns13．A．excited B．interested C．bored D．disappointed14．A．blowing B．bleeding C．breaking D．burning15．A．when B．until C．unless D．before 16．A．baseballB．volleyball C．basketball D．football17．A．tastes B．talents C．troubles D．tours18．A．watch B．reach C．match D．catch19．A．cooperating B．connecting C．discussıng D．greeting 20．A．between B．against C．among D．about三Every year on March 5, China celebrates “Lei Feng Day”. It’s a dayto 21 community service and volunteering.Lei Feng was a 22 in the People’s Liberation Army. He died in 1962, aged 22. His short life was filled with “selfless (无私的) service for the people”, reported China Daily.As a non-Chinese person, I learned about Lei Feng once I came to China. The lesson was quite 23 .One day, I was riding my bicycle down the street and a tire burst (车胎爆裂). A passerby asked if I needed any 24 . He kindly guided me to a nearby bike stand for 25 . Once we got there, I thanked him and asked whathis 26 was in Chinese. He said, “I’m Lei Feng.” Not knowing who Lei Feng was, I replied, “Well, thank you, Lei Feng.” He and the others at the bike repair stand began 27 . I stood there confused (困惑的). Why were they all laughing?A few months later, our Chinese teacher told us about Lei Feng, this hero of small acts of kindness and community spirit. I 28 the man who helped me with my bicycle. Then it was my turn to laugh.After this, I began to notice Lei Feng’s image (形象) on 29 souvenirs (纪念品) in local tourist shops. We need people to lend a(n) 30 and show the “Lei Feng spirit” now more than ever.21．A．encourage B．ask C．order D．stand22．A．director B．soldier C．leader D．speaker23．A．unimportant B．unsatisfactory C．unforgettableD．unacceptable 24．A．advice B．money C．information D．help25．A．rest B．prepare C．repair D．visit26．A．name B．address C．number D．community27．A．crying B．laughing C．guiding D．thinking28．A．talked to B．looked for C．thought of D．called on 29．A．cultural B．environmental C．popular D．fashionable30．A．idea B．dream C．spirit D．hand四At the age of nine, Kelly dreamed of being a basketball player. But one day when she was playing basketball, she hurt her left leg 31 . The doctor told her she could no longer play basketball. What was worse, she needed help doing 32 , including going to the bathroom.Thinking that her dream could never come true, Kelly was in low spirits and gave up her studies at school. Her mother did all she could to cheer her up, butKelly 33 to change. She even took out all her anger and 34 on her mother.Then one day Kelly’s friends introduced her to the gym. Kelly 35 that she should turn her attention to what she co uld do, not to what she couldn’t.Posting 36 story online, she was inspired. As she was encouraged by the kindness, she returned to school for two half days a week. And withthe 37 of a bodybuilding trainer, she trained hard and soon found herself on stage performing 38 a bodybuilder. Her mother was truly 39 and proud.Today, Kelly is studying to be a life coach. She is at peace with what happened to her, not just physically, but mentally (精神上). “Sometimes you mustexperience 40 things to come out stronger on other side,” said Kelly. 31．A．badly B．slowly C．easily D．hardly32．A．something B．nothing C．anything D．everything33．A．reduced B．regretted C．remembered D．refused34．A．fun B．pain C．love D．worry35．A．realized B．warned C．suggested D．advised36．A．his B．my C．her D．their37．A．need B．help C．promise D．hope38．A．as B．to C．for D．about39．A．angry B．calm C．happy D．upset40．A．little B．difficult C．nice D．happy五than a meeting hall. Also, there was a huge box of balloons placed at the center of the hall.The team leader asked everyone to pick a balloon from the box and asked them to blow it. Then they were asked to write their name on their balloon 43 so that the balloons didn’t blow up. Not everyone was 44 . Those who failed to mark their names were ruled out of the game. Then all the balloonswere 45 and then put into a room.The team leader asked the young men to go to the room and pickthe 46 balloon that had his name on it. Also, he told them that noballoon 47 blow up and warned them to be very careful!All 25 young men reached the room, where the balloons carrying their name were thrown here and there. It was almost 15 minutes and 48 was able to find the balloon carrying his own name. All of them were very sad.Now the lender asked the young men to pick any balloon in the room and give it to the person whose name was on the balloon. 49 a couple of minutes all balloons reached the hands of the young men and everyone reached the hall.In the end, the team leader said, “Many times, 50 and cooperation (合作) give you the way to solve all the problems.”41．A．passed B．entered C．locked D．left42．A．more B．larger C．less D．smaller43．A．normally B．completely C．exactly D．carefully44．A．painful B．harmful C．successful D．thankful45．A．collected B．prevented C．remained D．produced 46．A．ideal B．lively C．same D．light47．A．would B．might C．should D．could48．A．nobody B．anybody C．somebody D．everybody49．A．Beside B．Except C．Within D．Against50．A．training B．sharing C．traveling D．arguing六“How did you do it, Dad? How did you manage not to drink alcohol (酒) for almost 20 years?” It took me years to have the courage to even ask my father this very personal question.When Dad first 51 drinking, the whole family was on pins and needles (如坐针毡). We were afraid that he would start drinking 52 .“I had a little poem what I would recite (背诵) to myself 53 four to five times a day,” my father said. “The words were a big 54 . It told me that things were never too hard to deal with.”And then he shared the poem with me. The poem was simple 55 very beautiful. I don’t know the name of it, but I really like it. About a month afterthis 56 with my father, I got a gift in the mail from a friend of mine. It was a list book of the important events for each day of the year. I know that when we get something with days of the year on it, we often 57 the page that lists our own birthdays first.I quickly 58 the book to Nov 10 to see what words of wisdom (智慧) this book had for me. I was so 59 that tears (泪水) dropped down my face. On that page, I saw the same poem that had helped my 60 for all these years! It is called A Father’s Promise for a Daughter.51．A．gave up B．put up C．looked up D．got up52．A．once B．again C．just D．still53．A．at last B．at least C．at most D．at first54．A．help B．story C．joke D．mountain55．A．or B．but C．so D．if56．A．fight B．meal C．match D．talk57．A．turn out B．turn on C．turn to D．turn up58．A．started B．sold C．sent D．opened59．A．sad B．angry C．touched D．sorry60．A．friend B．family C．mother D．father七Named after the ancient city of Xi’an in Shaanxi Province, which served as the capital of the Tang Dynasty for over 280 years. The Chinese movie brings to life some of the most famous 61 in Chinese literary (文学) history.62 July 8, the movie has garnered a rating (斩获) of 8.1 out of ten on Douban, receiving the highest 63 from the public and being one of the most popular animated (动画的) movies of the summer season.Despite Li Bai and Du Fu having been 64 in many movies and TV shows in past years, the movie make it shown from an unusual perspective (角度), starting with the memories of Gao Shi and his good friend Li Bai, to tell Li’s life.65 Li Bai and Gao Shi, the movie features (刻画) some of the most famous poets and artists of the Tang Dynasty, including Wang Changling, Zhang Xu and Li Guinian.The film also shows the amazing scenes (场景) of the Tang Dynasty, such asthe 66 streets of ancient Chang’an and the city ofYangzhou, 67 the windy and 68 borderlands (塞外之地) in northwestern China.69 this work, director hopes we can know about these historical poets and classic works by the way of animation (动画片), and to 70 more foreigners to understand Chinese poets such as Li Bai.61．A．poets B．paintings C．songs D．books62．A．Before B．After C．Since D．As63．A．pride B．price C．prize D．praise64．A．described B．talked C．explained D．told65．A．Beyond B．Besides C．Between D．Because66．A．narrow B．clean C．untidy D．dirty67．A．as well as B．as soon as C．as long as D．as good as 68．A．cloudy B．rainy C．sandy D．sunny69．A．As B．For C．By D．Through70．A．ask B．attract C．let D．increase八When people talk about air pollution, they are usually thinking about outdoor air pollution. But do you know that there is also air pollution inside homes, 71 , hotels and other buildings? The air in your home can be 2 to 100 times more polluted than the air outdoors! According to some American 72 , 50% of the illnesses have something to do with the polluted indoor air.A lot of pollution 73 indoor activities such as smoking and cooking. We know most people 74 about 80%-90% of their time inside buildings. So it is important to take indoor air pollution 75 , too.Air pollution influences our health in many 76 . When the air is polluted, it does harm to not only the young people, but also the 77 people with health problems. Indoor air pollution can 78 people’s eyes, noses and throats. Air pollution, both indoor and outdoor, can also cause 79 lung (肺) and heart disease! In the Great London Fog in 1952, 4, 000 people 80 away in a few days because of the pollution! It is said that half a million young children and women die each year in India because of indoor air pollution!71．A．offices B．playgrounds C．parks D．streets 72．A．teachersB．farmers C．doctors D．workers73．A．gets to B．comes from C．changes into D．turns into74．A．take B．cost C．spend D．pay75．A．luckily B．happily C．rapidly D．seriously76．A．ways B．activities C．games D．places77．A．rich B．poor C．young D．old78．A．beat B．stealC．cause D．hurt79．A．nice B．good C．terrible D．happy80．A．left B．passed C．died D．went九In a fun class activity, Mr. Li gave each of us a balloon. He asked usto 81 them up and then write our names on them. It was so cool to hear the balloons getting bigger and see everyone writing their 82 with colorful markers. Then we were asked to put them into the hall.After that, Mr. Li mixed up all the balloons, and the 83 turned into a rainbow! Then he told us the 84 : Find the balloon with our name on it in just five minutes. We all started looking really fast, moving balloons all around, but it was 85 , and no one could find their own balloon.But guess what? Mr. Li had a smart idea. He told us to pick up any balloon we found and 86 it to the person whose name was on it. Suddenly, we all started working together, helping each other find our balloons. The hall turned intoa 87 place with many laughs as we shared and gave balloons to each other. And guess what again? In just two minutes, every student had their own balloon back! Such a little change had 88 a great difference!Back into the classroom, our teacher shared a special 89 with us. He said,“The balloons are like happiness. When we’re only thinking about ourselves, it’s hard to find happiness. But when we share happiness with others,it 90 comes back to us.” We really had much fun and learned a lot at the same time. It was the best class activity ever!81．A．cut B．blow C．turn D．pick82．A．names B．ages C．wishes D．addresses83．A．sky B．hall C．office D．classroom84．A．wish B．joke C．task D．question85．A．right B．wrong C．easy D．difficult86．A．give B．lend C．sell D．teach87．A．happy B．silent C．strange D．boring88．A．told B．made C．avoided D．imagined89．A．reason B．duty C．lesson D．project90．A．never B．seldom C．sometimes D．always十One day, Sarah came back home from school, looking kind of down.Her 91 noticed that and asked her if something was troubling her. At first, Sarah didn’t want to talk about it, but 92 , she opened up to her mom.Sarah 93 her mother that she was going through some hard times. She felt like she didn’t fit in with her friends and was 94 about what they thought of her. Her mother listened to her patiently and told her it was 95 to feel that way at her age. She said everyone goes through hard times and then found a doctor to help with Sarah’s 96 . Sarah was nervous at first, but the doctor was kind and understanding. She taught Sarah how to 97 her worries and helped her work through her feelings of not fitting in with her friends.Over times. Sarah started to feel 98 . She learned that it’s important to be true to herself and she didn’t have to 99 herself to fit in with her friends. She also learned that it’s OK to get 100 when she needs it. She knew she might still have some hard times someday, but she felt more confident. 91．A．father B．mother C．brother D．sister92．A．finally B．mostly C．quickly D．suddenly93．A．asked B．heard C．thanked D．told94．A．happy B．excited C．worried D．sorry95．A．difficult B．normal C．interesting D．wrong96．A．problems B．dreams C．lessons D．wishes97．A．cheer up B．care for C．deal with D．think of98．A．better B．sadder C．shyer D．worse99．A．afford B．stop C．remain D．change100．A．hope B．help C．pride D．time十一Jack and Paul were neighbors. Jack was poor while Paul was rich.Although Jack had to work hard every day to make a living, he felt relaxed and happy. He 101 had to worry about anything beyond himself. Every night he had a sound sleep.Paul, on the other hand, was always anxious (焦虑的). He 102 to close the doors and windows of his house at night. When in bed, he still could not sleep well. He was always worried that someone might break into his home and steal his money. He envied (嫉妒) the peace Jack 103 .One day, Paul went to Jack and gave him a box that was full of 104 , saying, “Look, my dear friend, I have a lot of money. I can see that youare 105 . Take this box and live a rich life, so you don’t have to work hard for food and clothes.”Jack was very 106 to take it. However, when night fell, Jack went to bed as usual 107 found himself unable to sleep. He remembered to close the doors and windows before bedtime, but once in bed, he started to doubt whether they were 108 closed. As a result, he got up to double-check. Even so, he still could not sleep well.As soon as the day 109 , Jack went to Paul. He gave him back the box, sa ying, “Dear friend, I may be poor, but your gold took away my 110 . I have found that I would rather sleep at night and enjoy my days.”101．A．once B．always C．never D．sometimes102．A．made sure B．set out C．lay down D．pulled down 103．A．won B．enjoyed C．stole D．discovered104．A．food B．clothes C．books D．gold105．A．in use B．in need C．in public D．in danger106．A．polite B．cruel C．wise D．happy107．A．so B．or C．but D．and108．A．quietlyB．truly C．heavily D．easily109．A．broke B．counted C．dropped D．continued110．A．goal B．weight C．courage D．peace十二We returned to McDonald’s and bought her dinner 119 then brought it back to her. Her son called me that evening and thanked me 120 his mother. My son was so sweet and told me that he was happy that we could help the lady. 111．A．hungry B．thirsty C．tiredD．sleepy112．A．happy B．quiet C．worried D．pretty113．A．my B．her C．your D．his114．A．to catch B．to hold C．to push D．to buy115．A．when to use B．why to use C．where to use D．how to use 116．A．called B．warned C．wrote D．made117．A．since B．as C．because of D．while118．A．breakfast B．lunch C．water D．dinner119．A．and B．or C．but D．even120．A．seeing B．helping C．realizing D．saving十三On my first day in the middle school, I was shy and quiet. I was afraid that I couldn’t do a good job in the middle school. I never got a letter from my teachers or my classmates before I went to a middle school, so I was 121 that there was an envelope on my desk one morning. From the envelope, I could see it was from one of my teachers.When I opened it, I found a note and it read, “You can do a good job. Come on! Where there is a will, there is a way! (有志者, 事竟成! )”The note was 122 by Mr. John, my headteacher. As I was new here, his words made me 123 . After that, I kept the note in my schoolbag. Whenever I doubted whether I had the 124 to be a good student, I would read John’s note and become sure again.Later, when I made friends with Mr. John, my headteacher, I learned that he often wrote notes to 125 his new students. “When I make others feel happy,” he told me, “I feel happy, too.”However, why are there few note writers like John in our life? Inmy 126 , many people are afraid that they cannotbe 127 understood. Also, writing takes more time and it is 128 to pick up the phone. The problem with phone calls is that they cannot 129 a long time, but a note is a good way of record and our words can be read more than once.So, when you find some people around you need help, please write a note of encouragement to bring them more 130 Maybe, you are not sure what will happen, but remember Mr. John’s words: making others feel happy makes you happy, too.121．A．certain B．sure C．surprised D．frightened122．A．signed B．picked C．copied D．practiced123．A．unhappy B．sleepy C．excited D．sad124．A．power B．reason C．chance D．ability125．A．encourage B．describe C．introduce D．expect126．A．opinion B．advice C．idea D．decision127．A．wonderfully B．well C．happily D．beautifully128．A．better B．harder C．easier D．worse129．A．wait B．last C．stop D．rest130．A．confidence B．relaxation C．luck D．work十四According to a new survey, students' safety has become a big problem. Many students are injured or killed in 131 kinds of accidents.Here is some advice for young students on how to 132 danger:If you are robbed (被抢劫), keep 133 . If you cannot cry for help or run away, give the robber (强盗) your money. Try to remember what the robber looks like and tell the 134 later.Suppose you are in a traffic accident. If a car 135 you, you should remember the car number. If it is a bicycle,try to call your parents before you let the rider go. This is 136 you don’t know how seriously you are hurt.If it is raining heavily and there is lighting (闪电), don’t 137 in high places and stay away from trees.When there is a fire in a building, get away as fast as you 138 , put wet things on your body and try to find an exit(出口). Don’t take the 139 .If someone is drowning(溺水）and you swim, don’t get into the water. Try your best to ask for help.Remember that danger is 140 as far away as you think. Take care of yourself at all times!131．A．difficult B．different C．terrible D．unusual132．A．think of B．think about C．deal with D．put up133．A．calm B．wild C．quiet D．patient134．A．classmates B．teachers C．parents D．police135．A．hits B．wins C．kills D．misses136．A．unless B．why C．because D．before137．A．live B．stay C．walk D．keeps138．A．can B．may C．must D．need139．A．bus B．entrance C．lift D．exit140．A．sometimes B．always C．often D．never十五At the end of my first year of high school, I realized I needed to find a summer job. I was tired of having to ask my parents for money. I wanted to go to the shopping center or movies with my friends 141 having to ask for $20 from my parents.I imagined having a job at a store or a summer camp where I could play games with children. But what actually happened was 142 . The only job I managed to find was cleaning up tables at a local restaurant.At first, the idea of clearing table upset me. The thought of getting up at dawn (黎明) to go clean up after people made me 143 ever asking for a job. The firstday was terribly busy. I was running around, racing to get a table ready forthe 144 customers. I’ll never forget 145 tired I felt that day, but I’ll also never forget sitt ing down for lunch with my co-workers for the first time. People of my age or ten years older all sat together and talked about their days. All of a sudden I was a part of that, and it felt good to be so 146 .I’ve now worked at the restaurant for almost one year. I’ve learned to be happy about getting up so early, because I know there are going to be a fewgood 147 every day there.From starting there was a shy student, I’ve been able to grow into a person that can go up and 148 anyone, at work or anywhere else. I’m also not as sensitive (敏感) as I used to be — getting an impolite customer might make me feel bad, but very soon I can laugh it off with my 149 . The little job has given me so much, a nd I can’t wait to go back and continue to 150 from my experience.141．A．with B．without C．for D．against142．A．exciting B．encouraging C．confusing D．disappointing 143．A．forget B．enjoy C．regret D．imagine144．A．waiting B．eating C．going D．leaving145．A．what B．how C．where D．when146．A．loved B．missed C．needed D．included147．A．dishes B．choices C．moments D．customers148．A．find B．greet C．push D．stop149．A．customers B．friends C．co-workers D．boss150．A．grow B．stand C．rest D．hide十六I was born in a big family. My elder brother, Eddie and I looked much the same because our 151 were the perfect combination (结合) of our Mom’s and Dad’s. However, I did feel 152 .My eldest brother, Tony was humorous. He could tell a funny story that keptyou 153 all the time. And Eddie was 154 . He was good at football and often entered competitions. His gift helped him be a good football coach.However, I was quiet and not so outgoing as my 155 . I just wanted to learn everything so I spent more time 156 . I was usually left behind for I was much younger than the two boys. For most of the time, I played alone. But I was not so 157 as you thought. My imagination was a great friend and in a way I liked the loneliness.Looking back now, I can see that although I was different, I enjoyed the difference instead of worrying about it. As a result, I became the person I wanted to be. My reading 158 me to start writing. It also helped me solve the biggest problems about love, kindness and happiness and find great pleasure.The 159 in my quiet life made it easy for me to work at home and take care of the family at the same time.We all have something 160 in our life. We only need to find it, to live it, and to love it.151．A．hobbies B．ideas C．faces D．voices152．A．angry B．different C．pleased D．excited153．A．laughing B．waiting C．thinking D．worrying154．A．warm B．active C．brave D．strict 155．A．friendsB．classmates C．parents D．brothers156．A．listening B．talking C．reading D．singing157．A．lonely B．serious C．comfortable D．careful158．A．wished B．asked C．led D．warned159．A．pleasure B．job C．book D．problem160．A．funny B．wrong C．boring D．special十七Memorizing class notes is a good way to learn English. But what isthe 161 way for you to memorize class notes? The question is difficultto 162 , because different people learn in different ways and there are really too many ways. It also has 163 to do with the material to be memorized.I 164 a very good way to memorize class notes before. I typed the whole term’s hand-written notes into a computer. 165 it took a lot of time, it was a good way. It made me 166 about the material again. This way of memorizing class notes could also make me feel 167 , because it was an easy way. I just needed to start at the beginning of my notes and type to the end.There are many other good ways to memorize class notes. 168 , you can underline the important parts of your notes using different colored pens. Whenyou 169 the notes, you will pay more attention to these parts. You canalso 170 an outline (概要) of your notes, and then you will have a better understanding of each lesson.161．A．best B．newest C．busiest D．cheapest162．A．find B．solve C．answer D．discuss163．A．nothing B．something C．everything D．anything 164．A．used B．forgot C．needed D．believed165．A．If B．Unless C．Because D．Although166．A．ask B．talk C．think D．worry167．A．lucky B．safe C．afraid D．relaxed168．A．After all B．For example C．In total D．So far169．A．report B．review C．retell D．replay170．A．make B．require C．explain D．divide十八Why do you need hobbies? A study has found that people are more positive (积极的) when they take part in a 171 activity. Other studieshave 172 that hobbies can give you a sense of achievement. Scientists also think they might be good for your brain.How do you choose the right hobby? Start with what you enjoyed in the past. Did you once play football? 173 again or start something else. If you find it isn’t for you, stop and turn to 174 . Probably joining a class or a team will give you a 175 to meet other people.Which relaxing activities are good for physical health? It’s clear that exercise is going to be good for your body, such as walking. 176 is wonderful exercise.A review of 94 studies found that dancing three times a week 177 balance in older people. Getting out in nature is helpful, 178 you’re hiking or doing something less active.Which hobbies keep your mind active? Learning an instrument and reading are the best 179 . Playing the piano or listening to your favorite band can help you make it. Researches have found reading is also good for your brains.Hobbies let you 180 you r worries and have fun. So let’s take up great hobbies.171．A．surprising B．relaxing C．moving D．boring172．A．shown B．told C．made D．heard173．A．Put it up B．Think it up C．Take it up D．Look it up 174．A．something old B．something new C．anything new D．anything old 175．A．hand B．hug C．try D．chance176．A．Singing B．Swimming C．Dancing D．Running 177．A．improved B．guided C．stopped D．fought178．A．whether B．so C．or D．for179．A．places B．choices C．gifts D．ways180．A．find B．kill C．forget D．wash十九Yue Fei was a hero who lived during the Song Dynasty (960-1279). As a general (将军), he 181 his army to win many wars. In 1125, the Jin army from the north fought against the Song kingdom and tried to take 182 of its central lands. Yue decided to fight the enemy in order to protect his country and the people.Before he 183 , his mother asked him, “Right now the country is facing great 184 . What exactly do you plan to do?”“Serve my country with all my heart,” Yue said.Tha t was what Yue Fei’s mother hoped her son would do. It wasnot 185 for Yue Fei’s mother to encourage her son to do something so dangerous. She decided to tattoo (纹身) the words onto her son’s back so that he would not 186 them.His mother asked,“ My child, tattoos are very painful. Are you 187 ?”Yue said, “Mother, a little needle (针) is 188 . If I was scared of it, how could I face going to war on the front lines?”Keeping these words in mind, Yue beat the Jin army many times. 189 , Yue Fei was killed by the emperor later because of Qin Hui’s action, buthis 190 was passed on to later generations. We need to respect and learn from Yue Fei.。

【经典】初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

【经典】初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Henry Bond was about ten years old when his father died．His mother found it difficult to provide for the（1）of a large family，but still everything was left in her care．By good （2）A，however，she tried to do well and also to send Henry，the oldest，to school，and to buy him the books as he needed．At one time，however．Henry（3） a grammar book in order to join a class in that study，but his mother could not help him （4）C the money to buy it．He was very worried about it，and went to bed with a （5）A heart，thinking what could be done．As soon as he woke in the morning，he found that a deep snow had fallen，and the cold wind was blowing strongly．He （6）D，ran to the house of a neighbor，and offered his（7）to clear their path around his house．The （8）C was accepted．When he had （9）A completed this work，and received his（10）D，he went to another place for the same （11），and then to another，（12）C he had earned enough money to buy a grammar．When school began，Henry was in his （13）C，the happiest boy there，ready to begin the（14）D in his new book．From that time on，Henry was always the（15）A in all his classes．Because he had the will，he always found the way．（1）A．suppose B．support C．suggest D．survive（2）A．management B．imagination C．competition D．conversation （3）A．bought B．wanted C．read D．went over（4）A．for B．as C．with D．like（5）A．heavy B．strong C．kind D．light（6）A．shouted B．climbed C．lay D．rose（7）A．orders B．services C．tools D．wishes（8）A．exercise B．invitation C．order D．excuse（9）A．carefully B．never C．angrily D．hurriedly（10）A．thanks B．gift C．praise D．pay（11）A．money B．purpose C．time D．neighbour（12）A．if B．because C．until D．since（13）A．home B．hand C．seat D．office（14）A．game B．plan C．talk D．lesson（15）A．first B．second C．last D．worst【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了亨利大约七岁的时候，他的父亲去世了，他的母亲发现很难养活这么一个大家庭．有一次亨利想要一本语法书，但他的妈妈没有钱给他买．在早晨醒来时，他发现下了深深的雪．他决定为邻居服务扫雪从而赚得买书的钱，自此他认识到只要努力就没有做不成的事情．【解答】（1）B．考查名词．A．suppose假设 B．support支撑 C．suggest建议 D．survive 幸存，根据when his father died，可知他的爸爸去世了，所以他的妈妈很难"支撑一个大家庭"，故选B．（2）A．考查名词．A．management管理B．imagination想象力C．competition竞争D．conversation 谈话，根据she tried to do well and also to send Henry，可知，通过良好的管理，她设法把事情办得很好．故选A．（3）B．考查动词．A．bought买B．wanted想要C．read读D．went over仔细检查，根据in order to join a class ，可知他想买一本语法书，故选B．（4）C．考查介词．A．for为了 B．as作为 C．with带有 D．like像，根据help him…可知是help with帮助某人做某事，固定搭配，故选C．（5）A．考查形容词．A．heavy重的B．strong强壮的C．kind善良的D．light轻的，根据He was very worried about it，可知，他非常着急，所以带着一颗"沉重的"心．故选A．（6）D．考查动词．A．shouted大喊B．climbed爬C．lay躺D．rose骑，根据ran to the house of a neighbor，可知他激动的"大喊"，跑到邻居家里，故选D．（7）B．考查名词．A．orders命令B．services服务C．tools工具D．wishes希望，根据offered his…to clear their path around his house，可知是指：他提供服务，清理他们家周围的道路．故选B．（8）C．考查名词．A．exercise锻炼 B．invitation邀请 C．order订单 D．excuse借口，根据语境，他打算给邻居清理积雪换取报酬．所以这个"订单"被接受了．故选C．（9）A．考查副词．A．carefully认真地B．never从不C．angrily生气地D．hurriedly匆忙地，根据he had…completed this work，可知是指他"认真地"的完成了他的工作．故选A．（10）D．考查名词．A．thanks感谢B．gift礼物C．praise赞美D．pay报酬，根据前文The （8）C was accepted，可知这是交易，所以他收到了他的报酬，故选D．（11）B．考查名词．A．money钱B．purpose目的C．time时间D．neighbour邻居，根据he went to another place for the same…，结合语境，可知他又去了另一家，为了相同的"目的"，故选B．（12）C．考查连词．A．if是否；如果B．because因为C．until直到D．since自从，根据…he had earned enough money to buy a grammar．可知，他去了一家又一家，"直到"赚够了语法书的钱，故选C．（13）C．考查名词．A．home家B．hand手C．seat座位D．office办公室，根据后文ready to begin the（14）D in his new book ，可知他坐在他的座位上准备上课，故选C．（14）D．考查名词．A．game游戏 B．plan计划 C．talk交谈 D．lesson功课，根据ready to begin the…in his new book，可知是指他准备他新书的"课程"，故选D．（15）A．考查形容词．A．first第一B．second第二C．last最后D．worst最差，根据Because he had the will，he always found the way，因为他有决心，他总能找到方法．可知总是班里第一名．故选A．2．Welcome to London．You may visit many interesting（36）C here．The River Thames is a very beautiful river．Many boats and ships come and go （37）A it．Many people from other countries go on boat trips here．One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．Boats （38）D Tower Bridge every half an hour．Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world（39） it is near the Tower of London，Tower Bridge gets its （40）C．You can （41）C across Tower Bridge at any time．Hyde Park is in the center of the（42）D．It's a great city park in the world．It （43）A very beautiful．You can enjoy swimming，boating，bike riding and skating here．London has a lot of museums and some of（44）D are free．It's a good place for you to visit．I'm sure you'll （45） a good time there．36．A．people B．rooms C．places D．animals37．A．on B．with C．at D．for38．A．lie B．clean C．find D．leave39．A．If B．Because C．When D．So40．A．history B．river C．name D．boat41．A．play B．dance C．walk D．work42．A．school B．street C．house D．city43．A．looks B．feels C．tastes D．sees44．A．us B．you C．it D．them45．A．tell B．have C．design D．listen．【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景．泰晤士河很美，上面有来来去去的船．塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一，因为附近的伦敦塔而得名．海德公园也在市中心，是世界上最好的城市公园之一．伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆．【解答】36．C．考查名词辨析． people 人； rooms 房间；places 地方； animals 动物．根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London，可知该句句意是：你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方．因"many" 很多，修饰可数名词复数；"interesting"有趣的，是形容词，可修饰名词，所以该空填名词"places"，故选C．37．A．考查介词辨析．on 在……上面；with 和；at 在（时间的某一点）；for为，给．题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河，所以可推知该句的意思是：许多船舶在它上面来来去去．因此该空填介词on，故选A．38．D．考查动词辨析．lie 躺；clean 清洁；find 找到；leave离开．根据前一句可知：One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥．而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船，所以可推知：船每隔半小时发一次，即：船每隔半小时离开塔桥．又因本句是主谓宾结构，主语boats是复数形式，故选D．39．B．考查连词．if 如果，可引导条件状语从句；because 因为，引导原因状语从句；when 什么时候，引导时间状语从句；so因此，引导结果状语从句．根据分句： it is near the Tower of London，句意：它离伦敦塔很近．根据分句： Tower Bridge gets its …句意：塔桥出名．前后两个分句是因果关系，前因后果，所以用because来引导，故选B．40．C．考查名词辨析．history历史；river 河；name 名字；boat船．根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London．因为它离伦敦塔很近．可知所以塔桥出名，又因关键词"its"它的，是形容词性的物主代词，可修饰名词，故选C．41．C．考查动词辨析． play玩； dance 跳舞；walk 步行；work工作．根据题干可知固定短语：walk across步行穿过，又因关键词"can" 是情态动词，后面加动词原形，故选C．42．D．考查名词辨析． school 学校；street 街道；house 房子； city城市．根据后一句：It's a great city park in the world．可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园．所以可推知该句的句意是：海德公园在这个城市的中心．又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词，故选D．43．A．考查感官动词．looks 看； feels 感觉；tastes 尝； sees看到．根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园，可知它看起来非常的漂亮．又因该句是主系表结构，所以可用感官动词做系动词，结合选项，故选A．44．D．考查人称代词．us 我们，宾格形式；you你，你们；it 它；them它们，是宾格形式．根据分句：London has a lot of museums．：伦敦有很多博物馆．可知后面分句的意思是：它们中的一些是免费的．又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式，故选D．45．B．考查动词辨析．tell 告诉；have 有；design 设计；listen听．根据题干可知固定搭配：have a good time 玩的高兴，过得愉快．又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形，故选B．3．Once there was a woman whose only son had died．In her sorrow （悲痛）she went to ask a wise man（1） there was a way to bring her son back to life． "Bring me a mustard seed （芥菜籽）from a home that has never known sorrow．I will use it to help you，" he said to her，（2）D sending her away or trying to persuade her that there was hope．At once she （3）A to look for that mustard seed．The first （4）C she came to was a huge building．Knocking on the door，she said，"I'm （5） a house that has never known suffering．Is this the place？It's very （6）A to me．""You have come to the （7）C place，" they told her，and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to （8）．"Who is better able to share the sadness these poor people have suffered than I，who have experienced sadness？" she thought．（9）D she stayed there and comforted them（10）C setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow．The woman went on，full of （11）A，and came across a（12）D on the road．She asked the farmer the same question，but unluckily he also said no．Wherever she went，from huts （茅屋） to huge buildings，there was no one without tales of（13）C．She came to be so （14）listening to other people's sad stories that she （15）A about looking for the mustard seed．Listening to the sorrow of others had driven the sorrow from her own heart．（1）A．that B．whether C．because D．where（2）A．proud of B．because of C．full of D．instead of（3）A．set off B．took off C．put off D．went off（4）A．expression B．memory C．place D．chance（5）A．caring for B．looking for C．paying for D．leaving for（6）A．important B．strange C．fair D．common（7）A．different B．right C．wrong D．certain（8）A．it B．them C．him D．her（9）A．However B．While C．Though D．So（10）A．unless B．after C．before D．until（11）A．hope B．pleasure C．regret D．fear（12）A．factory B．palace C．sign D．hut（13）A．happiness B．endings C．sadness D．promises（14）A．disappointed B．busy C．happy D．free（15）A．forgot B．cared C．worried D．found【分析】这篇短文告诉我们：曾经有一个女人，她唯一的儿子死了，她伤心，她去问一个聪明的人是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生．这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子．那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间没有悲伤的小屋，她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事，忘了找芥末籽，听着别人的悲伤，把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来．【解答】（1）B．考查连词及语境的理解，that引导宾语从句，没有意义，只起连接作用；whether是否；because因为，where哪里，根据上文可知这里表示疑惑：她去问一个聪明的人，是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生．故选：B．（2）D．考查词组辨析，be proud of对…感到自豪；because of因为；be full of充满…；instead of代替，而不是；根据上文Bring me a mustard seed （芥菜籽） from a home that has never known sorrow．I will use it to help you．可知：这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子．用这粒种子来帮助你．由此可以推断出：这位智者而不是把她赶走或试图说服她还有希望．故选：D．（3）A．考查词组辨析，set off动身去…，take off脱下，put off推迟，go off走开去，根据下文she thought so she stayed there and comforted them before setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow．可知这里应该用：她立刻动身去找芥菜种子．故选：A．（4）C．考查名词及语境的理解，expression表达，memory记忆，place地方，chance机会，结合句意：她来到的第一个地方是一座巨大的建筑物．故选：C．（5）B．考查动词词组，care for喜欢，照顾；look for寻找；pay for支付；leave for前往…，根据上文At once she set off to look for that mustard seed．可知这里指：我在找一所从未经历过苦难的房子．故选：B．（6）A．考查形容词及语境的理解，important重要的，strange奇怪的，fair公平的，common普通的，根据文章开头Once there was a woman whose only son had died．In her sorrow （悲痛） she went to ask a wise man whether there was a way to bring her son back to life…可知：这个地方对她很重要．她想让她儿子起死回生．故选：A．（7）C．考查形容词及语境的理解，different不同的，right正确的，wrong错误的，certain 一定的，根据下文they told her，and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to them．可知：她来错地方了．故选：C．（8）B．考查代词辨析，it它，them他们，him他，her她，结合句意："你来错地方了，"他们告诉她，开始倾诉他们遭遇的一切不幸．主语they的宾语为them，故选：B．（9）D．考查连词及语境的理解，however然而，while虽然，当…的时候，though尽管，so因此，根据前后句可知这里表示原因关系，结合句意："谁能比那些经历过悲伤的人更能分担这些不幸的人的悲伤呢？"她想，于是她就在那里安慰他们，然后又出发去找一个从未见过的悲伤的房子．故选：D．（10）C．考查连词及语境的理解，unless如果不，after之后，before在…之前，until直到，根据上下文可知：她先安慰这家人，后再出发找一个从未见过悲伤的房子．故选：C．（11）A．考查名词及语境的理解，hope希望，pleasure乐趣，regret懊悔，fear害怕，根据上下文可知：那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋．故选：A．（12）D．考查名词及语境的理解，factory工厂，palace宫殿，sign标志，hut小屋，根据上文I'm looking for a house that has never known suffering．可知这里指：那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋．故选：D．（13）C．考查名词及语境的理解，happiness高兴，endings结束，sadness悲伤，promises 承诺，根据下文She came to be so busy listening to other people's sad stories that she forgot about looking for the mustard seed．可知这里指：那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋．故选：C．（14）B．考查形容词及语境的理解，disappointed失望的，busy繁忙的，happy高兴的，free自由的，结合句意：她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事，忘了找芥末籽，听着别人的悲伤，把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来．故选：B．（15）A．考查动词及语境的理解，forget忘记，care 在意，worry担心，find找到，结合句意：她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事，忘了找芥末籽，听着别人的悲伤，把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来．forget about sth．忘记某事，故选：A．4．My dream home is very big and clean．It is near the（1）．I can watch the sea and．（2）A volleyball on the beach．My grandparents live（3）C us in the big house．（4）A room is（5）the first floor．I always chat with them and help them（6）C some housework on theweekend．On the（7）D floor，there is a kitchen and a dining room．All the family（8）will have dinner there．My bedroom，study and bathroom are on the third floor．There is a big balcony in my bedroom．I can play games，read books and chat（9）C my friends there．The furniture（家具）in my house is all made of wood．It is good（10）D my health．I like（11）A to music while reading books in my bedroom．I always ask my friends（12）C here．My parents' room is on the fourth floor．It's（13）A very big and clean．There is a big and nice garden behind the big house．There are many flowers and（14）tall trees in it．In summer，I can sit under the trees with my family．Behind the garden，there is a swimming pool．I can（15）A freely in it．I think it is very comfortable to live in my dream home．（1）A．river B．sea C．ground D．school（2）A．play B．to play C．play the D．play with（3）A．at B．for C．with D．of（4）A．Their B．Her C．Our D．Your（5）A．in B．on C．with D．of（6）A．does B．doing C．do D．is doing（7）A．fourth B．third C．first D．second（8）A．pets B．members C．things D．animals（9）A．of B．about C．with D．on（10）A．at B．to C．with D．for（11）A．listening B．leading C．withing D．doing（12）A．to look for B．to clean C．to come D．to leave（13）A．also B．too C．either D．but（14）A．few B．a few C．little D．a little（15）A．swim B．dance C．read D．run【分析】本文叙述了作者理想中的家园，是一个带有一个花园的在海边的大房子，有四层楼，父母、祖父母都住在一起，自己有独立的房间，可以玩游戏、读书还可以和朋友一起聊天．花园后有一个游泳池，可以在里面游泳．【解答】1．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A．river河水；B．sea海洋；C．ground地面；D．school学校．我的梦想的家在海洋附近．根据I can watch the sea 可知这里指的是海洋，故选B．2．A 考查动词及语境的理解．我可以看海和在海滩打篮球．play with sb和某人一起玩．这里play +球类运动，故选A．3．C 考查介词及语境的理解．我的祖父母和我们住在一个大的房子里．这里是短语live with sb 和某人一起．故选C．4．A 考查代词及语境的理解．A．Their他们的；B．Her她的；C．Our我们的；D．Your 你的．他们的房间是在一楼．这里指的是祖父母的，所以应该用their，故选A．5．B 考查介词及语境的理解．他们的房间是在一楼．在某层楼上，应该用介词on，故选B．6．C 考查动词及语境的理解．我总是和他们聊天，在周末帮助他们做一些家务．这里是短语help sb do sth帮助某人做某事．故选C．7．D 考查序数词及语境的理解．A．fourth第四；B．third第三；C．first第一；D．second第二．在二楼有厨房和餐厅．根据下文My bedroom ，study and bathroom are on the third floor．可知这里叙述的是二楼的情况，故选D．8．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A．pets宠物；B．members成员；C．things东西；D．animals动物．我们的家庭成员在那里吃饭．根据上文可知这里指的是家里的成员，故选B．9．C 考查介词及语境的理解．我可以和我的朋友玩游戏、读书和聊天．这里是短语chat with sb和某人聊天，故选C．10．D 考查介词及语境的理解．它对我们的身体健康都是有益的．这里是固定短语be good for对……有益．故选D．11．A 考查动名词及语境的理解．A．listening听；B．leading领导；C．withing，with是介词不能加ing；D．doing做．在我的房间里读书的时候我喜欢听音乐．这里是短语like doing喜欢做某事；故选A．12．C 考查动词不定式及语境的理解．A．to look for寻找；B．to clean擦干净；C．to come来；D．to leave离开．我请求我的朋友来这里．这里是短语ask sb to do sth请某人做某事．根据句意故选C．13．A 考查副词及语境的理解．A．also也，用于句中；B．too也，用于肯定句或疑问句；C．either也，用于否定句；D．but但是．它也是很大很干净的．根据这里的空格在句中所以用also，故选A．14．B 考查形容词及语境的理解．A．few几个；B．a few一些；C．little很少；D．a little 有点．有许多花和一些高树在花园里．A few修饰可数名词．故选B．15．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．swim游泳；B．dance跳舞；C．read读；D．run 跑．我可以在泳池里游泳．根据Behind the garden，there is a swimming pool．可知这里应该指的游泳，故选A．5．How do you go to school？Some students may answer，"By car"．Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses （羡慕地）．You needn't feel（1）A if you have no cars．It's true that cars are（2）．Many people find it hard to think about（3）life will be like if they have no cars．But now more people know that too many cars bring great（4）D．They make streets too（5）C．People are trying to stop pollution （污染）from cars．One way is to make（6）A cars．But it （7）D much to make these cars．And more people think about better ways．We can（8） our lifestyle．A lot of Americans go to work（9）A their bikesnow．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．It helps people get strong．Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world （10）D pollution some day．（1）A．bad B．good C．well D．better（2）A．interesting B．important C．difficult D．dangerous（3）A．how B．what C．why D．where（4）A．lessons B．fun C．skills D．problems（5）A．small B．clean C．busy D．modern（6）A．green B．red C．yellow D．white（7）A．takes B．spends C．pays D．costs（8）A．have B．change C．enjoy D．make（9）A．on B．by C．with D．ride（10）A．with B．in C．has D．without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了，给社会带来了一些污染的问题，需要引起全世界人的重视，如果生产环保的车造价太高，我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切．【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1：A 考查形容词．A．bad糟糕的，不好；B．good好的；C．well好；D．better更好．根据if you have no cars，可知没有车会感觉不好，结合句意：如果你没有车，你不必觉得不好，故选A．2：B 考查形容词．A．interesting有趣的；B．important 重要的；C．difficult 困难的；D．dangerous危险的．根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars．可知车是重要的，故选B．3：B 考查疑问词．A．how 怎样；B．what什么；C．why为什么；D．where哪里．根据题干，可知这里缺少like的宾语，所以用what作宾语，结合句意：许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子．故选B．4：D 考查名词．A．lessons功课；B．fun 有趣；C．skills技巧；D．problems问题．根据They make streets too ．可知这里指车带来的问题，结合句意：但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题，故选D．5：C 考查形容词．A．small小的；B．clean干净的；C．busy忙的；D．modern 现代的．根据常识可知车辆多了，肯定街道繁忙，结合句意：他们使街道太繁忙．故选C．6：A 考查形容词．A．green绿色的；B．red 红色的；C．yellow黄色的；D．white白色的．根据People are trying to stop pollution （污染） from cars．可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染，结合句意：一个方法是生产环保的车．故选A．7：D 考查动词．A．takes花费，常常用it作主语；B．spends花费，常用人作主语；C．pays付钱，常用句型：sb pay+钱数+for sth；D．costs花费，常用物或事情作主语．根据题干，这里it是形式主语，真正的主语是to make these cars，故选D．8：B 考查动词．A．have有；B．change改变；C．enjoy 喜欢；D．make制造．根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．可知这里指人们改变了生活方式，结合句意：我们改变我们的生活方式．故选B．9：A 考查介词．A．on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike；B．by+bike骑自行车；C．with 用；D．ride动词．根据go to work，可知这里已经有动词了，故用介词短语，结合后面的their bikes，只能用on，故选A．10：D 考查介词．A．with和…一起 B．in在里面 C．has有 D．without没有，根据前文a green world，可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界，故选D．6．My chance came at last．Our school was going to hold a sports meeting．I knew what it （1）D to me so I got up very early to prepare for it．I（2）running and jumping．When I was （3）C，I（4）D myself of my promise and went on．As the time approached（靠近），I felt quite confident．On the first day I（5）fourth in the 1500 m race，but I was far from（6）A because what I wanted most was the highlight of the sports meeting﹣4 x 100 m relay race．I would run the last leg for my team．With a shot，the race began．All the students were （7）C for their team．The competition was so heated that I began to feel nervous．Before my turn came，my team was （8）D the others．Even worse，I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to （9）A it．But after that，there was nothing in my mind except to run as fast as possible．Just when I was approaching the finish line，my legs gave out．Then my （10）A came to mind again and urged（催促） me on．To my （11）C，I was the first to cross the finish line!（12）D，I had proved to myself and those who had often laughed at me that I am not （13） at all!My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly．I had won the prize as well as their （14）C．From the sports meeting，I learnt that sometimes things are not so difficult as they（15）A to be．Just try your best without fear and you might be surprised at the result．（1）A．mattered B．held C．brought D．meant（2）A．exercised B．practiced C．chose D．tried（3）A．lazy B．sad C．tired D．hungry（4）A．braved B．told C．encouraged D．reminded（5）A．ended B．got C．came D．ran（6）A．pleased B．proud C．excited D．happy（7）A．heading B．racing C．cheering D．shouting（8）A．failing behind B．leading C．catching up with D．falling behind （9）A．catch B．hold C．pass D．take（10）A．promise B．coach C．teacher D．classmate（11）A．joy B．expectation C．surprise D．sadness（12）A．As a result B．After all C．Above all D．At last（13）A．bad B．weak C．slow D．lazy（14）A．congratulations B．support C．respect D．pride（15）A．seem B．choose C．look D．expect【分析】本文叙述了作者为了参加学校的运动会，积极去锻炼做准备．在运动上，在他的团队落后的情况下，他并不气馁，最后他的团队取得了第一名的好成绩．作者最后总结出：只要自己尽了最大的努力也许会有意想不到的好结果．【解答】1．D．考查动词．mattered 重要；held 举行；brought 带来；meant意味着．根据上文"Our school was going to hold a sports meeting"可知，我校要举办运动会．我知道这对我来说意味着什么．于是我早早起来准备．故选D．2．B．考查动词．exercised 锻炼；practiced 练习；chose 选择；tried尝试．根据语境可知，我练习跑步和跳跃．practice doing sth练习做某事．故选B．3．C．考查形容词．lazy懒惰的；sad伤心的；tired 疲倦的；hungry饥饿的．根据上文"I （2）running and jumping"可知，我练习跑步和跳跃．当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．故选C．4．D．考查动词．braved 勇敢面对；told告诉；encouraged鼓励；reminded提醒．根据语境可知，当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．remind sb of sth提醒某人某事．故选D．5．B．考查动词．ended 结束；got 得到；came 来到；ran跑．根据语境可知，第一天我在1500米赛跑中获得第四名．故选B．6．A．考查形容词．pleased高兴的（满意的）；proud骄傲的；excited激动的；happy高兴的．根据语境可知，但是我并不满意，因为我想要的是运动会的最精彩部分﹣﹣4 x 100接力赛．故选A．7．C．考查现在分词．heading 朝着……前进；racing跑；cheering欢呼；shouting喊叫．根据语境可知，所有学生都为自己的队伍加油．故选C．8．D．考查现在分词短语．failing behind （错误短语）；leading领导；catching up with赶上；falling behind落后于．根据语境可知，在轮到我跑之前，我的队伍落后于其他团队．故选D．9．A．考查动词．catch 接住（抓住）；hold 举办（容纳）；pass经过；take带走．根据语境可知，更糟糕的是，当我试图抓住接力棒的时候，我差点把它掉在地上．故选A．10．A．考查名词．promise诺言；coach教练；teacher老师；classmate同学．根据上文"When I was （3），I （4）myself of my promise and went on"可知，当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．这时我脑中浮现了自己的诺言，它督促我继续前进．故选C．11．C．考查名词．joy欢乐；expectation 例外；surprise吃惊；sadness伤心．根据上文"Before my turn came，my team was （8）the others"和"Even worse，I almost dropped thestick when I was trying to （9）it"可知，在轮到我跑之前，我的队伍落后于其他团队．更糟糕的是，当我试图抓住接力棒的时候，我差点把它掉在地上．令我吃惊的是，我是第一个跨过终点线的．故选C．12．D．考查介词短语．As a result结果；After all 毕竟；Above all 首先；At last最后．根据语境可知，最终，我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱．故选D．13．B．考查形容词．bad 坏的；weak 弱的；slow 慢的；lazy懒惰的．根据上文"To my （11），I was the first to cross the finish line"可知，令我吃惊的是，我是第一个跨过终点线的．最终，我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱．故选B．14．C．考查名词．congratulations 祝贺；support 支持；respect 尊重；pride骄傲．根据上文"My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly"可知，我的同学都对我表示热烈祝贺，我紧紧地拥抱他们．我赢得了奖励和他们的尊重．故选C．15．A．考查动词．seem看似；choose选择；look看；expect期待．根据语境可知，通过这次运动会，我懂得了，有时事情并不像它们表面上看起来那样困难．seem to do sth看上去．故选A．7．A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars．He called himself an astrologer （占星家）（1）A，and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing（凝视）at the（2）D．One evening after eating supper with his friends，he was walking（3）the open road outside the village． His eyes were fixed on the stars． He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand．（4）， he went into a hole． It was（5）A of mud （泥）and water．There he stood up to his ears，in the muddy water，madly clawing （用手抓）at the sides of the（6）C． He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）D he didn't make it．And then his cries for help soon brought the （8）A coming to the hole quickly． They （9）him out of the mud as hard as they could． One of the villagers said， "You always want to read the future in the stars， yet you（10）to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you． Please let the future take care of（12）A．"What use is it，" said another， to read the stars，（13）A can't you see what is right here on the earth？" Take care of the little things first， and the（14） things will take care of themselves． The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence． He felt very sad and shameful．（1）A． proudly B． easily C． happily D． luckily（2）A． sea B． sun C． moon D． sky（3）A． near B． along C． above D． with（4）A． Finally B． Suddenly C． Carefully D． Hardly（5）A． full B． filled C． empty D． kind（6）A． water B． mud C． hole D． road（7）A． if B． and C． so D． but（8）A． villagers B． friends C． parents D． neighbors（9）A． pushed B． pulled C． picked D． carried（10）A． treat B． fail C． stop D． wish（11）A． fewer B． more C． less D． worse（12）A． itself B． him C． you D． yourself（13）A． why B． when C． how D． where（14）A． loud B． big C． wise D． active（15）A． something B． nothing C． everything D． anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事，很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来，并一直为未来担忧，一天晚上他独自在村外走路，想到星星预示着世界末日，便陷入沉思不能自拔，然后突然掉到臭水沟里，他尽力想爬出来，但是他做不到，只好呼救，被村里人救出之后，一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情，不要老想一些不着边际的事情，告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下．【解答】（1）A．考查副词及语境理解．A骄傲地；B容易地；C开心地；D幸运地；根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家，故答案为A．（2）D．考查名词及语境理解．A海洋；B太阳；C月亮；D天空；根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，这里应该是凝视天空，故答案为D．（3）B．考查介词及语境理解．A附近；B沿着；C在…上方；D和；根据he was walking 可知一天晚上，他沿着村外的小路散步时，walk along沿着…走；故答案为B．（4）B．考查副词及语境理解．A最后；B突然；C小心地；D几乎不；根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里，应该是突然，故答案为B．（5）A．考查形容词及语境理解．A满的；B充满；C空的；D和蔼的；根据It was（5）of mud （泥） and water．应该是充满了泥和水，be full of充满，故答案为A．（6）C．考查名词及语境理解．A水；B泥；C洞；D路；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬，故答案为C．（7）D．考查名词及语境理解．A如果；B和；C所以；D但是；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）he didn't make it前面说想爬出来，后面说做不到，表转折，故选D．（8）A．考查名词及语境理解．A村民；B朋友；C父母；D邻居；根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了，他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救，故答案为A．（9）B．考查动词及语境理解．A推；B拉；C捡；D携带；根据They（9）him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉，故选B．（10）B．考查动词及语境理解．A款待；B失败，未能；C停止；D希望；根据You。

(整合)初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

(整合)初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Different people like different kinds of food， In my（1）， for example，my mother likes fruit and vegetables very much，（2）C she thinks they are healthy food．Every day when she goes to the（3）A， she（4） a lot of cabbages，（5）， apples and pears． But my father（6）vegetables． His（7）is meat．He likes many kinds of meat，like mutton，pork and（8）D．My little sister likes to go to the fast food restaurant very much，so she often （9）my parents to take（10）to KFC or McDonalds．I like noodles．They are easy to cook and quite delicious．（1）A． school B． family C． park D． class（2）A． so B． but C． because D． now（3）A． supermarket B． cinema C． school D． hospital（4）A． borrows B． buys C． lends D． has（5）A． beef B． tomatoes C． drinks D． glasses（6）A． likes B． dislikes C． loves D． eats（7）A． like B． favourite C． best D． most（8）A． apples B． juice C． vegetable D． beef（9）A． ask B． asks C． asking D． asked（10）A． she B． her C． they D． them【分析】本文主要讲述的是作者一家人的饮食喜好．妈妈喜欢蔬菜和水果，认为这些东西才是健康的食物；与母亲相反，父亲不喜欢蔬菜，他喜欢吃肉；妹妹喜欢吃快餐，经常光顾肯德基或者麦当劳；作者自己喜欢吃面条．【解答】1．B 考查名词辨析，根据my mother我妈妈，所以此处是在说明自己的家庭情况，A学校，B家庭，C公园，D班级，故选B．2．C 考查连词辨析，根据she thinks they are healthy food认为它们很健康，这是为什么喜欢吃水果和蔬菜的原因，A所以，B但是，C因为，D现在，故选C．3．A 考查名词辨析，根据a lot of cabbages很多卷心菜，所以是去超市买菜，A超市，B剧院，C学校，D医院，故选A．4．B 考查动词辨析，根据a lot of cabbages很多卷心菜，所以是去超市买菜，A借，B买，C借出，D有，故选B．5．B 考查名词辨析，前面提到my mother likes fruit and vegetables very much喜欢水果和蔬菜，所以此处讲的应该是一种蔬菜或水果，A牛肉，B西红柿，C饮料，D玻璃，故选B．6．B 考查动词辨析，根据But my father但是我的父亲…后面提到蔬菜，由此可知是父亲不喜欢蔬菜，A喜欢，B不喜欢，C爱，D吃，故选B．7．B 考查名词辨析，根据He likes many kinds of meat喜欢吃各种肉，所以此处说明的是父亲最喜欢吃肉，A喜欢，动词，B最喜欢的东西，C最好的，D最多的，故选B．8．D 考查名词辨析，根据He likes many kinds of meat喜欢吃各种肉，所以此处提到的是一种肉，A苹果，B果汁，C蔬菜，D牛肉，故选D．9．B 考查动词辨析，根据My little sister likes to go to the fast food restaurant very much喜欢去快餐店吃东西，所以是经常要求父母带她去快餐店，主语为单数，时态一般现在时，谓语动词用三单形式，故选B．10．B 考查代词辨析，根据to KFC or McDonalds去肯德基和麦当劳，所以是要求父母带她去，用宾格代词，A她，主格，B她，宾格，C他们，主格，D他们，宾格，故选B．2．"Put on your seat belt（安全带）!" Everyone gets sick of hearing that. （1） it's good advice.People who wear seat belts are 45 percent less likely to be killed （2）D sitting in the front seat of a car.The US government wants more seat belt laws.It （3）A children aged 4 to 15 are often killed in car accidents.In 2005，there were 1，627 children aged 4 to 15 killed in car accidents.More than 1，000 of those children were not wearing seat belts.If （4）D had been wearing seat belts，500 of those children could be alive today.These children are too （5）to be in baby car seats，but they often sit in the back seat.Seat belt laws in many states only require people in the （6）C seat to wear seat belts.Children who aren't wearing seat belts can be （7）C out of the car.The risk of dying in an accident is three times greater if the person is thrown out of the car.New laws could require children aged 4 to 8 to be in booster seats（加强座椅）in the car.Booster seats help seat belts fit children （8） .Right now，only 5 percent of children aged 4 to 8 are seated in booster seats.While parents have the （9）A of whether to wear seat belts or not，children are too young to make that choice.Even if you decide not to wear a seat belt，make sure your children are in seat belts and safety seats.It's the law and it will （10）D their lives.（1）A.And B.But C.So D.Or（2）A.before B.until C.after D.while（3）A.says B.writes C.sounds D.limits（4）A.he B.she C.we D.they（5）A.young B.old C.small D.little（6）A.left B.right C.front D.back（7）A.got B.taken C.thrown D.gone（8）A.directly B.properly C.equally D.patiently（9）A.choice B.channel C.condition D.confidence（10）A.risk B.kill C.lose D.save【分析】文章通过一些和安全带有关的交通事故，主要是说让孩子佩戴安全带的问题.【解答】（1）B 考查连词。

[精选]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

[精选]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)共50篇

初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．（1）A a small farm in Mexico，there are （2）D schools．A bus is the school．The driver of the bus is the teacher．It's a school bus，but it doesn't take the children （3）D school．It just goes round from place to place，and sometimes it comes to this farm．The bus will stay here （4） three months．The farmers （5）A it a school on wheels （车轮）．Every time when the bus comes，the farmers will come，running to （6）C，shouting and laughing．They warmly welcome the school bus．When the bus is on the farm，in the （7）A，the teacher teaches the small children．In the afternoon，the（8） children come to have their lessons because they （9）C work in the morning．At night，the fathers and mothers come to school．They want （10），too．How the farmers hope that some day they can have a real school on their farm!（1）A．On B．Across C．At D．Over（2）A．a few B．some C．many D．no（3）A．go to B．from C． /D．to（4）A．in B．for C．after D．during（5）A．call B．calls C．make D．makes（6）A．her B．him C．it D．them（7）A．morning B．noon C．afternoon D．evening（8）A．big B．bigger C．small D．smaller（9）A．can B．may C．must D．should（10）A．learn B．to learn C．learned D．learning【分析】本文章主要讲述了在墨西哥的一个小农场里，没有学校．公共汽车是学校．公共汽车的司机是老师．这是校车，但不带孩子上学．它只是从一个地方到另一个地方，农民们多么希望有一天他们的农场能有一所真正的学校！【解答】（1）A 考查介词．A．On在上面 B．Across对面 C．At在…D．Over超过，根据a small farm，可知在农场上用介词on，故选A．（2）D 考查副词．A．a few一些 B．some一些 C．many很多 D．no没有，根据A bus is the school．公交车就是学校，说明没有学校，故选D．（3）D 考查介词．A．go to去B．from来自C．/ D．to到…，根据take the children…school，是只把学生带到学校．take sb to…把某人带到…故选D．（4）B 考查介词．A．in在里面 B．for为了 C．after在…之后 D．during在…期间，根据The bus will stay here…three months，是指公交车在那停留三个月．for接时间段．故选B．（5）A 考查动词．A．call称呼 B．calls称呼，第三人称单数形式 C．make制造 D．makes 制造，第三人称单数形式，根据The farmers…，it a school on wheels （车轮）．是指农民称呼它为车轮，故选A．（6）C 考查代词．A．her她 B．him她 C．it它 D．them他们，根据the bus comes，可知此处是指人们跑向公交车，用it代替，故选C．（7）A 考查名词．A．morning早晨 B．noon中午 C．afternoon下午 D．evening晚上，根据后文的because they （9）C work in the morning，可知此处说的是早晨．故选A．（8）B 考查形容词．A．big大B．bigger更大C．small小D．smaller更小，根据the…children come to have their lessons，结合语境，可知此处是指较大的孩子来上课，故选B．（9）C 考查情态动词．A．can可以B．may可能C．must必须D．should应该，根据In the afternoon，the…children come to have their lessons because they…work in the morning．可知此处是指：下午，较大的孩子来上课，因为早上他们要干活，故选C．（10）B 考查动词．A．learn学习，动词原形B．to learn不定式C．learned过去式D．learning动名词，根据want，可知want to do sth想做某事，故选B．2．Welcome to London．You may visit many interesting（36）C here．The River Thames is a very beautiful river．Many boats and ships come and go （37）A it．Many people from other countries go on boat trips here．One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．Boats （38）D Tower Bridge every half an hour．Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world（39） it is near the Tower of London，Tower Bridge gets its （40）C．You can （41）C across Tower Bridge at any time．Hyde Park is in the center of the（42）D．It's a great city park in the world．It （43）A very beautiful．You can enjoy swimming，boating，bike riding and skating here．London has a lot of museums and some of（44）D are free．It's a good place for you to visit．I'm sure you'll （45） a good time there．36．A．people B．rooms C．places D．animals37．A．on B．with C．at D．for38．A．lie B．clean C．find D．leave39．A．If B．Because C．When D．So40．A．history B．river C．name D．boat41．A．play B．dance C．walk D．work42．A．school B．street C．house D．city43．A．looks B．feels C．tastes D．sees44．A．us B．you C．it D．them45．A．tell B．have C．design D．listen．【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景．泰晤士河很美，上面有来来去去的船．塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一，因为附近的伦敦塔而得名．海德公园也在市中心，是世界上最好的城市公园之一．伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆．【解答】36．C．考查名词辨析． people 人； rooms 房间；places 地方； animals 动物．根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London，可知该句句意是：你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方．因"many" 很多，修饰可数名词复数；"interesting"有趣的，是形容词，可修饰名词，所以该空填名词"places"，故选C．37．A．考查介词辨析．on 在……上面；with 和；at 在（时间的某一点）；for为，给．题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河，所以可推知该句的意思是：许多船舶在它上面来来去去．因此该空填介词on，故选A．38．D．考查动词辨析．lie 躺；clean 清洁；find 找到；leave离开．根据前一句可知：One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥．而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船，所以可推知：船每隔半小时发一次，即：船每隔半小时离开塔桥．又因本句是主谓宾结构，主语boats是复数形式，故选D．39．B．考查连词．if 如果，可引导条件状语从句；because 因为，引导原因状语从句；when 什么时候，引导时间状语从句；so因此，引导结果状语从句．根据分句： it is near the Tower of London，句意：它离伦敦塔很近．根据分句： Tower Bridge gets its …句意：塔桥出名．前后两个分句是因果关系，前因后果，所以用because来引导，故选B．40．C．考查名词辨析．history历史；river 河；name 名字；boat船．根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London．因为它离伦敦塔很近．可知所以塔桥出名，又因关键词"its"它的，是形容词性的物主代词，可修饰名词，故选C．41．C．考查动词辨析． play玩； dance 跳舞；walk 步行；work工作．根据题干可知固定短语：walk across步行穿过，又因关键词"can" 是情态动词，后面加动词原形，故选C．42．D．考查名词辨析． school 学校；street 街道；house 房子； city城市．根据后一句：It's a great city park in the world．可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园．所以可推知该句的句意是：海德公园在这个城市的中心．又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词，故选D．43．A．考查感官动词．looks 看； feels 感觉；tastes 尝； sees看到．根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园，可知它看起来非常的漂亮．又因该句是主系表结构，所以可用感官动词做系动词，结合选项，故选A．44．D．考查人称代词．us 我们，宾格形式；you你，你们；it 它；them它们，是宾格形式．根据分句：London has a lot of museums．：伦敦有很多博物馆．可知后面分句的意思是：它们中的一些是免费的．又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式，故选D．45．B．考查动词辨析．tell 告诉；have 有；design 设计；listen听．根据题干可知固定搭配：have a good time 玩的高兴，过得愉快．又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形，故选B．3．Mike's New BikeMike looked at the midday sky．He had been working since sunrise and was taking a （1）．Mike had been working all summer to earn enough money for a new bike．His ancient，beaten﹣up bike was a total embarrassment．But his mom said they couldn't（2）C a new one．Eventhough Mike knew she was（3）A，he shouted back at her in great disappointment， "You never give me anything!"He only needed fifty more dollars．Mr．Painter had（4）him forty dollars to dig a new drainage ditch （排水沟），and he wanted to stop the（5）C in his rose garden．Mr．Painter wanted the new ditch to run parallel to the old one，but Mike didn't think that would be（6）C in heavy rains．So he suggested another plan to direct the rainwater away from the house．Mike noticed Mr Painter （7）D him from behind a curtain．He knew Mr．Painter was an old grouch（爱抱怨的人） he would take away that little break from his pay．（8）C he returned to his work，Mike waved．M．Painter acknowledged the wave and disappeared．Mike kept working until mid﹣afternoon without a rest．Then Mr Painter came out for an inspection （视察）．"Why don't you stop for today and get a fresh（9）tomorrow？""I'd rather finish up，" replied Mike． "It's supposed to（10）D tonight，and I'd like to have it work before the next storm．"About six﹣thirty，Mike （11） the last pipe in place．As he was returning the tools to the garage，Mr．Painter came out of the house and（12）D up，"Mike，you're an enthusiastic young man．I don't see many young people these days who （13） about their work．" He handed Mike an envelope and left．When Mike opened the envelope，he found three twenty﹣dollar bills．He ran to （14）A Mr．Painter and started to hand one back to him．Mr Painter declined the offer．"Take it as （15） for keeping an old man from trouble．" And then he went to inspect his roses．（1）A．holiday B．break C．chance D．job（2）A．ride B．borrow C．afford D．make（3）A．right B．rude C．wise D．cruel（4）A．handed B．offered C．lent D．saved（5）A sunlight B．growing C．flooding D．dirt（6）A．necessary B．basic C．effective D．natural（7）A．stopping B．ordering C．meeting D．watching（8）A．Once B．While C．As D．Though（9）A．pay B．start C．idea D．look（10）A．snow B．blow C．thunder D．rain（11）A．hung B．laid C．dropped D．cut（12）A．cleaned B．called C．stood D．walked（13）A．ask B．care C．set D．learn（14）A catch B．beg C．serve D．blame（15）A．spirits B．thanks C．excuses D．lessons【分析】本文主要讲的是Mike努力赚钱买一辆自行车的故事．【解答】1﹣5：BCABC 6﹣10：CDCBD 11﹣15：BDBAB1．B 考查名词辨析，A假期；B休息；C机会；D工作；根据上文中说的He had been working，可知他在长时间工作后需要休息，故选B．2．C 考查动词辨析，Ride骑；borrow借；afford付得起；make制造．分析语境But his mom said they couldn't（2）a new one并结合各个选项的意思应该不能买得起，可知选C．3．A 考查形容词辨析，right正确的；Rude粗鲁的；wise有智慧的；cruel残忍的．分析语境Even though Mike knew she was（3），he shouted back at her in great disappointment，"You never give me anything后面说你从未给我买过任何东西，前面应该是你是对的，买不起任何东西，可知选A．4．B 考查动词辨析，hand移交；offer提供；lend（lent是其过去式）借出；save节省．分析文意，由下文可知麦克是帮Painter先生挖排水沟，故作为酬劳，Painter先生是给他40美元的，故选B．5．C 考查名词辨析，A阳光；B生长；C淹没；D污垢；可知Painter先生请麦克帮他挖排水沟，主要是因为原来的那个有问题，在下雨的时候排水不好，把花园都淹没了（flood），故选C．6．C 考查形容词，Necessary有必要的；basic主要的；effective有效的；natural自然地．根据 Mr．Painter wanted the new ditch to run parallel to the old one，but Mike didn't think that would be（6）in heavy rains．Painter先生希望这条新水渠平行于旧水渠，但迈克认为大雨不会…并结合各个选项的意思，应该是不会有效，可知应选C．7．D 考查动词辨析，A阻止；B命令；C遇见；D观看；根据下文所写的Mr．Painter was an old grouch，可知Mr．Painter对麦克的工作的要求严格，因此可推测麦克在工作的时候，Mr．Painter是在家的窗帘后面看着（watch）他的，故选D．8．C 考查副词辨析，Once一旦；As当；While一边…；Though虽然．根据he returned to his work，Mike waved．应该是当他返回工作，as引导的时间状语从句，可知选C．9．B 考查动词辨析，A付钱；B开始；C主意；D看；根据前文的stop for today，以及下文的tomorrow，可推断Mr．Painter是建议麦克今天停下来休息一下，明天再开始（start），故选B．10．D 考查动词辨析，A下雪；B吹；C打雷；D下雨；根据后面and I'd like to have it work before the next storm我想让它在下一场风暴之前工作，应该是今天要下雨，故选择D．11．B 考查动词辨析，Laid（lay的过去式）放置；hung（hang的过去式）挂，吊；drop掉落；cut切．根据此上下文的意思，可知About six﹣thirty，Mike （11）the last pipe in place 当时麦克是把最后的一根排水管放在合适的位置，故选B．12．D 考查动词辨析，A打扫；B叫；C站；D步行；根据此空格前的一句Mr．Painter came out of the house从房子出来，可推断Mr．Painter是走了出来，故答案选D．13．B 考查动词辨析．A问；B在乎；C建立；D学习，Care about的意思是"关心，喜欢"，根据上下文的语境 I don't see many young people these days who （13）about their work．"我认为现在许多年轻人对他们的工作不关心，可知选B．14．A 考查动词辨析，catch赶上；beg乞求；serve服务；blame责怪．联系上下文可知此处由于Mr．Painter多给了麦克20美元，故麦克要追上他想把多出来的钱还给他，故选A．15．B 考查名词辨析，A灵魂；B感谢；C借口；D课程；联系上下文，可知Mr．Painter 是很感谢和欣赏麦克工作是细心，故他多给他20美元作为感谢（thanks），故选B．4．Once there lived two brothers．The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor．They （36）C each other very much，and always took care of one another．Every day they worked from morning（37）A night，getting as much grain（谷物） as possible from their fields．One late autumn evening，after their work in the（38）was done，Simon said to his wife，"Victor got married last month．He has many bills（账单） to pay．I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn（谷仓）．""Oh，that's a good idea，"said his wife．"But please don't tell him，"said Simon，"If he knows I put the rice there，he will（39）A take it．"So，late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn．The next day，while looking at his own barn，he found（40）D strange．"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night，（41）C I still have the same number of bags in my barn．（42）A did that happen？" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night．But the next morning，he found the（43）D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange，"he thought．That night he（44）D again．He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder； and walked down the road to his younger brother's house．In the bright moonlight，he could see another （45） coming down the road．He was carrying something on his（46） too．"Younger Brother!"Simon cried，"What are you doing？""I was （47）D you，Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is（48）C than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"The two brothers quickly（49）that they had been taking rice to each other．They（50）A what had happened．"It is good to have a brother like you，"they both said．And they lived happily ever after．36．A．disliked B．hated C．loved D．enjoyed37．A．until B．at C．through D．with38．A．shops B．fields C．hospitals D．factories39．A．never B．sometimes C．usually D．ever40．A．everything B．anything C．nothing D．something41．A．so B．and C．but D．or42．A．How B．What C．Why D．Where43．A．small B．different C．huge D．same44．A．planned B．failed C．hoped D．tried45．A．brother B．person C．sister D．wife46．A．back B．shoulder C．head D．hand47．A．proud of B．polite to C．angry with D．worried about 48．A．smaller B．richer C．larger D．happier49．A．remembered B．realized C．imagined D．explained50．A．laughed about B．dreamed about C．pointed at D．shouted at．【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟，他们都看到了对方的困难，想法来帮助对方．正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福．【解答】答案：36．C 考查动词．根据下文always took care of one another，结合选项，dislike"不喜欢"；loved爱；hate"憎恨"；enjoy"欣赏"，可知他们互相友爱．love 意为"爱，关爱"，全文是一般过去时，所以用过去式，loved．故选C．37．A 考查固定结构．根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食，结合选项，Until直到；at 在时间空间的一点；through通过；with 带有，伴随，和．可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上．from…until 为固定搭配，意为"从…直到…"，故选A．38．B 考查名词．根据上文getting as much gain（谷物） as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食，结合选项，Shops商店；fields田地；hospitals医院；factories工厂．可知他们的工作是在田野间．field 意为"田野"，由于不止一块田地，所以要用复数形式 fields，故选B．39．A 考查副词．根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他，结合选项，Never从来不，永远不；sometimes有时；usually通常；ever曾经，永远．可知本句指的是，如果他知道了，他永远不会取用它．故选A．40．D 考查不定代词．根据he found…strange．"结合选项，something一些东西，一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中；anything也是表示一些东西，任何东西，一般用于否定及疑问句中．Nothing没有东西，用于肯定句表示否定含义；everything每件东西；修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面．可知他发现一些奇怪的事情．故选D．41．C考查连词．根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋，而现在一袋都不少，结合选项，So因此；and和，并且；but但是；or或者，否则．可知前后是转折关系，"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家，但是我"还有那么多袋米．故选C．42．A考查疑问词．根据…did that happen？"结合选项，How如何，怎样；What什么；Why为什么；Where在哪儿．可知那是如何发生的呢．故选A．43．D 考查形容词．根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪，结合选项，Small小的；different 不同的；huge巨大的；same 相同的．可知第二天早上，他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米．故选D．44．D 考查动词．根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀）；and walked down the road to his younger brother's house，结合选项，planned 计划；failed失败，不及格；hoped希望；tried尽力，尝试．可知那天晚上，他又再次尝试．try 意为"尝试"，结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时，故选D．45．B 考查名词．根据下文coming down the road"，结合选项，Brother兄弟；person人；sister姐妹；wife妻子．可知在明亮的月光下，他看见另一个人走在路上．故选B．46．B考查名词．根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀），结合选项，Back背部；shoulder肩膀；head头；hand 手．可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上．故选B．47．D 考查固定搭配．根据下文Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is…than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"你的家庭比我的家庭…，我认为你需要更多的米，结合选项，proud of为…感到骄傲；strict with对…严厉；angry with对…感到生气；worried about 为…担心．可知"我"担心你，哥哥．be worried about sb．为固定搭配，意为"为某人担忧"，故选D．48．C 考查形容词．根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭，结合选项，Smaller更小的；richer 更富有的；larger更大的；happier更高兴的．可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大．故选C．49．B 考查动词．根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other．结合选项，Remembered记得；imagined想象；realized 意识到；explained解释，说明．可知，两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方．realize 意为"意识到"，结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时，故选B．50．A 考查固定搭配．根据They…what had happened．"结合选项，laughed about嘲笑，笑对；dreamed about梦到；shouted at对…大喊；complained about抱怨．可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了．laugh about sth为固定搭配，意为"因为（某事）而笑"，结合全文时态此处应为过去时，故选A．5．How do you go to school？Some students may answer，"By car"．Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses （羡慕地）．You needn't feel（1）A if you have no cars．It's true that cars are（2）．Many people find it hard to think about（3）life will be like if they have no cars．But now more people know that too many cars bring great（4）D．They make streets too（5）C．People are trying to stop pollution （污染）from cars．One way is to make（6）A cars．But it （7）D much to make these cars．And more people think about better ways．We can（8） our lifestyle．A lot of Americans go to work（9）A their bikes now．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．It helps people get strong．Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world （10）D pollution some day．（1）A．bad B．good C．well D．better（2）A．interesting B．important C．difficult D．dangerous（3）A．how B．what C．why D．where（4）A．lessons B．fun C．skills D．problems（5）A．small B．clean C．busy D．modern（6）A．green B．red C．yellow D．white（7）A．takes B．spends C．pays D．costs（8）A．have B．change C．enjoy D．make（9）A．on B．by C．with D．ride（10）A．with B．in C．has D．without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了，给社会带来了一些污染的问题，需要引起全世界人的重视，如果生产环保的车造价太高，我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切．【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1：A 考查形容词．A．bad糟糕的，不好；B．good好的；C．well好；D．better更好．根据if you have no cars，可知没有车会感觉不好，结合句意：如果你没有车，你不必觉得不好，故选A．2：B 考查形容词．A．interesting有趣的；B．important 重要的；C．difficult 困难的；D．dangerous危险的．根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars．可知车是重要的，故选B．3：B 考查疑问词．A．how 怎样；B．what什么；C．why为什么；D．where哪里．根据题干，可知这里缺少like的宾语，所以用what作宾语，结合句意：许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子．故选B．4：D 考查名词．A．lessons功课；B．fun 有趣；C．skills技巧；D．problems问题．根据They make streets too ．可知这里指车带来的问题，结合句意：但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题，故选D．5：C 考查形容词．A．small小的；B．clean干净的；C．busy忙的；D．modern 现代的．根据常识可知车辆多了，肯定街道繁忙，结合句意：他们使街道太繁忙．故选C．6：A 考查形容词．A．green绿色的；B．red 红色的；C．yellow黄色的；D．white白色的．根据People are trying to stop pollution （污染） from cars．可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染，结合句意：一个方法是生产环保的车．故选A．7：D 考查动词．A．takes花费，常常用it作主语；B．spends花费，常用人作主语；C．pays付钱，常用句型：sb pay+钱数+for sth；D．costs花费，常用物或事情作主语．根据题干，这里it是形式主语，真正的主语是to make these cars，故选D．8：B 考查动词．A．have有；B．change改变；C．enjoy 喜欢；D．make制造．根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．可知这里指人们改变了生活方式，结合句意：我们改变我们的生活方式．故选B．9：A 考查介词．A．on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike；B．by+bike骑自行车；C．with 用；D．ride动词．根据go to work，可知这里已经有动词了，故用介词短语，结合后面的their bikes，只能用on，故选A．10：D 考查介词．A．with和…一起 B．in在里面 C．has有 D．without没有，根据前文a green world，可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界，故选D．6．Food is important．Everyone needs to（31）D well if he or she wants to have a strong body．Our minds （心灵）also need a kind of food．This kind of（32）C is knowledge．We begin to get knowledge（知识） even when we are young．Small children are （33）A in everything around them．They learn（34）when they are watching and listening．When they are getting older they begin to（35）D story books，science books and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （36）A to find out the answers．What is the best（37）C to get knowledge？If we learn（38）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are（39）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand（40）D．31．A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat32．A．sport B．exercise C．food D．meat33．A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good34．A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything35．A．lend B．write C．learn D．read36．A．try B．have C．think D．wait37．A．place B．school C．way D．road38．A．on B．with C．to D．by39．A．seldom B．always C．certainly D．sometimes40．A．harder B．much C．well D．better．【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】31．D．考查动词．A睡觉；B读；C喝；D吃；根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．故选D．32．C．考查名词．A运动；B锻炼；C食物；D肉；根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，句意：这种食物是知识．故选C．33．A．考查形容词．A感兴趣的；B有趣的；C弱的；D好的；根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．故选A．34．B．考查代词．A所有的；B一些；C没有什么；D任何；根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西．everything过于绝对化，nothing、anything 不合文意，应选 something．故选B．35．D．考查动词．A借；B写；C学习；D读；根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．故选D．36．A．考查动词．A尝试；B有；C想；D等；根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．故选A．37．C．考查名词．A地方；B学校；C方法；D路；根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？故选C．38．D．考查介词．A在…上；B和；C到；D由；根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．故选D．39．B．考查副词．A很少；B总是；C一定；D有时；根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……故选B．40．D．考查比较级．A更难；B很多；C好；D更好；根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级．better意为"更好"，句意：……，我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好．故选D．7．Two travelling angels stopped to spend the night in the home of a wealthy family．The family was rude and（1）to let the angels stay in the guest room．（2）C，the angels were given a space in the cold basement （地下室）．As they made their bed on the hard floor，the older angel saw a hole in the wall and （3）D it．When the younger angel asked （4）D，the older angel replied， "Things aren't always what they seem．"The next night，the angels came to （5）at the house of a very poor，but very kind farmer and his wife．After（6）D what little food they had，the couple let the angels sleep in their bed where they could have a good night's rest．When the sun came up the next morning，the angels found the farmer and his wife in （7）A．Their only（8），lay dead in the field．The younger angel was（9）C and asked the older angel，"How could you let this happen？The first man had （10）A，yet you helped him．The second family had little but was （11）A to share everything，and you let the cow die．""Things aren't always what they seem，" the older angel （12）D．"When we stayed in the basement，I（13）C there was gold stored in that hole in the wall．Since the owner didn't want to share his good fortune（财富），I sealed （密封）the wall（14）he couldn't find it．Then last night as we slept in the farmer's bed，the angel of（15）C came for his wife．I gave him the cow instead．"（1）A．agreed B．refused C．promised D．allowed（2）A．Moreover B．Instead of C．Instead D．And（3）A．used B．changed C．hid D．repaired（4）A．what B．how C．who D．why（5）A．visit B．rest C．work D．meet（6）A．selling B．sending C．getting D．sharing（7）A．tears B．hanger C．fear D．joy（8）A．child B．cow C．dog D．friend（9）A．afraid B．sad C．angry D．nervous（10）A．everything B．something C．anything D．nothing（11）A．willing B．tired C．worried D．unwilling（12）A．told B．talked C．stopped D．replied（13）A．supposed B．forgot C．noticed D．looked（14）A．until B．so that C．because D．but（15）A．wealth B．luck C．death D．pain【分析】文章介绍了有两个旅行的天使第一个晚上住在了一个富人的家里，富人让他们住在地窑里，这两个天使在休息的时候发现地窑的墙上有个洞，就把它堵上了．第二天住在了一个穷人的家里，虽然穷，但他们拿出了他们很有限的食物和天使一起吃，让他们好好地休息．不幸的是，这个穷人家里唯一的收入，一头奶牛死了，一个天使就问为什么不帮这个穷人．另一个天使说，那个富人太贪婪，我就把那个储藏金子的洞堵上了，而死神是要把穷人的一妻子带走的，而我就跟上帝说，让那头奶牛代替了那个妻子的命，所以人看到的都是表面现象．【解答】（1）B．考查动词辨析，由上文的The family was rude可知，这家人拒绝让天使待在客房，A同意，B拒绝，C承诺，D允许，故答案为B．（2）C．考查副词辨析，由下文的in the cold basement可知，取而代之，天使被安排在寒冷的地下室里，A而且，B而不是，C取而代之，D并且，instead of后需接宾语，故答案为C．（3）D．考查动词辨析，由下文的I sealed （密封） the wall可知，年长的天使看到墙上有一个洞就补了它，A使用，B改变，C隐藏，D修理，故答案为D．（4）D．考查疑问词的辨析，由下文的the older angel replied，"Things aren't always what they seem．"可知，年轻天使问为什么，A什么，B如何，C谁，D为什么，故答案为D．（5）B．考查动词辨析，由下文的at the house of a very poor，but very kind farmer and his wife可知，第二天，天使来到一家非常穷，但很善良的农民家休息，A拜访，B休息，C 工作，D遇到，故答案为B．（6）D．考查动名词辨析，由下文的to share everything可知，分享了仅有的一点食物，这对夫妻让天使们在他们的床上休息，A卖，B发送，C获得，D分享，故答案为D．（7）A．考查名词辨析，由下文的lay dead in the field可知，天使们发现农民和妻子流着。

  1. 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
  2. 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
  3. 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。

1、Mark lived in a village far away. One day he became very ill and everyone thought he would 1 soon. They sent for a doctor. Two days 2 the doctor came and looked over the sick man. 3 asked for a pen and some paper to write down the name of the medicine. But there was no pen 4 paper in the village, because no one could write.The doctor 5 up a piece of burnt wood from the fire and wrote the name of the medicine on the 6 of the house. “ Get this medicine for him.” he said, “and he will soon get 7 .” Mark’s family and friends did not know 8 to do. They could not read the strange words. Then a young man 9 an idea. He took off the door of the house, put it on his carriage(马车) and drove to the nearest 10 . He bought the medicine there, and Mark was soon well again.( ). wake( ). late( )3A. The sick man doctor farmer( )( )( )<( )( )( )( )!0.2、Peter and Mike were in 1 class．Peter was born in a 2 family．But Mike’s father was a businessman(商人)and got 3 money．When Peter got into trouble(困难)he always helped him．Peter liked to have sports．He was good at 4 ．He ran 5 than any others in their class It was Sunday．Mike and Peter went to a forest to havea picnic．Mike took a lot of food there．It was a 6 ay．The birds were singing and there were all kinds of flowers．They ate and drank then went7 in the river．They had a good time．Suddenly they heard a great noise．They found it was a tiger behind a big tree．They were both very8 ．Peter put on his shoes quickly and was going to run away．Mike stopped him and said：”It’s no use for us．The tiger runs 9 faster than us．Let’s find a way．”“It doesn’t matter．”said Peter．”I’m 1 0 I'll run faster than you．”1．A．same B．different C．difference D．the same》2．A．rich B．happy C．poor D．bad3．A．many B．lot C．any D．much4．A．ran B．running C．run D．runs5．A．fast B．faster C．fastest D．best6．A．sun B．rain C．rained D．sunny7．A．fish B．to fishing C．fishing D．fished8．A．happy B．afraid C．sad D．exciting9．A．more B．much C．many D．1ittle?10．A．afraid B．worried C．sure D．gladWe were going to play a team from a country school .They didn’t come 1 the match nearly began .They looked 2 than we thou ght .The wore dirty T-shirts and blue jeans and looked like farm boys .We thought they 3 saw a basketball before .We felt that we didn’t 4 any practice to play with such a team .It was very late so they couldn’t have any time to practice .The match began ,one of our boys 5 the ball and he tried to give it to ano ther one . But from out of nowhere a boy in a T-shirt 6 the ball and he quickly and beautifully got the ball into our basket and had two points .They 7 us .They had another two points in a minute .Soon it was all over .The country team 8 the match .Of course we knew that there was still another team 9 than any good team .But the important lesson we learn this time was : One can’t tell a man or a team by the 10 .（）1、A. when B. so C. until D. at（）2、A. stronger B. younger C. worse D. better（）3、A. never B. often C. sometimes D. always（）4、A. have B. make C. use D. need;（）5、A. got B. played C. took D .carried（）6、A. caught B. changed C. held D. stopped（）7、A. surprised B. frightened C. admired D. smiled（）8、A. lost B. won C. got D. had（）9、A. worse B. less C. better . D more（）10、A. T-shirt B. appearance C. name D. points4、初二完形填空练习题(Mary has some friends. 1 Betty, Peter, Alice 2 Mike. Mary is the oldest 3 . Betty is thirteen years 4 . She is younger than Mary and older than Peter. Alice is nice and Mike is seven.Betty and Peter are 5 runners. But Peter runs faster. Mary and Betty like to 6 . Mary plays better than Betty. Alice sings 7 of them. Mary and Betty study ina middle school. Alice and Mike study in a primary school. They 8 work hard at school. But Betty works 9 . Her handwriting is good, 10 .1. A. They are B. It is C. There are D. We are2. A. But B. Or C. them D. and3. A. in the five B . of five C. of the five D. for the five4. A. older B. Old C. oldest D. very old5. A. best B. Better C. well D. good6. A. play basketball B. play a basketball C. play the basketball D. play basketballs》7. A. good B. Better C. best D. well8. A. six B. All C. four D. both9. A. hard B. Harder C. very hard D. hardest10. A. too B. Two C. at D. also5、Perhaps you have heard _1 __about the Internet, but what is itThe Internet is many different networks around the world. A network is a group of computers put together. These networks joined together are called the Internet.、_2 that doesn't sound interesting. But _3 we've joined the Internet, there are 4 things we can do. We can have a lot of 5 on the World Web.(www). We can use the Internet instead of a library to 6 all kinds of information 7 our favorite sports or film stars and do shopping on the Internet. We can send message to other people 8 e-mail. It's much cheaper and quicker than 9 our friends or sending a letter.Thanks to the Internet, the world is becoming smaller and smaller. People can now work at home with a computer in front, getting and sending the information they need. They can buy or sell whatever they want by the Internet. But do you know 98% of the information is 10 English So what will English be like tomorrow1. A. a lot of B. a lot C. a few D. a little of2. A. May B. But C. And D. Maybe3. A. where B. when C. however D. although4. A. lots of B. a lot C. much D. few5. A. interesting B. friends C. interest D. funny6. A. find B. look for C. find out D. look after，7. A. with B. for C. on D. about8. A. with B. by C. on D. for9. A. call B. called C. calls D. calling10. A. on B. with C. in D. for6、Life in the year 3044 is very different 46 life in the 21st century. We still do many of the things you did, but we do them 47 . For example, we now havee-friends to help us and keep us company. An e-friend is a machine that looks just 48 a human being. It can walk and talk and can do almost 49 we human beings do. My e-friend is a lot like me and we have 50 fun together. She helps me 51 my homework and we often go swimming. She is programmed to take care of me if anything 52 , so I always feel safe when we are together. She can also send me messages, just like old-fashioned e-mail, and I can download information from her memory. It’s great 53 an e-friend – I am never lonely and I always have someone to talk 54 .I would like to tell you more about life in the year 3044, but I have to send my e-friend to clean up my room. Maybe 55 I will be able to travel back in time and visit you.46. A. of B. from C. in D. with【47. A. different B. difference C. differently D. differences48. A. like B. for C. at D. up49. A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything50. A. many B. a number of C. a lot of D. the number of51. A. with B. at C. on D. doing52. A. will happen B. happens C. happened D. is going to happen53. A. have B. having C. to have D. has54. A. to B. about C. with D. Both A and C\55. A. one day B. in one day C. after one day D. with one day7、A generous gap(代沟) has become a serious problem. I read a 1 about it in the newspaper. Some children have killed themselves after 2 with parents. I think this is because they don’t often have a talk with each other. Parents now 3 more time in the office, 4 they don’t have much time to stay with their children. As times passes, they both feel that they don’t have the __5 topic(题目) to talk about. I want to tell parents to be more with your 6 , get to knowthem and 7 them. And for children, show your 8 to your parents. They are the people who love you. So 9 them your thoughts. In this way, you 10 have a better understanding of each other.( ) . message B. call C. report D. letter( ) 2. A. talk B. argue C. fight D. play( ) 3. A. spend B. stay C. work D. have( ) 4. A. because B. if C. but D. so( ) 5. A. interesting B. same C. true D. good|( ) 6. A. business B. children C. work D. office( ) 7. A. get on well with B. look after C. understand D. love( ) 8. A. interest B. secret C. trouble D. feelings( ) 9. A. tell B. ask C. answer D. say( ) 10. A. can B. should C. must D. would8、Grandma Li lived alone in an old building. She was old and didn’t like noise at all. The young man and woman 46 always mad e much noise every night, so she couldn’t 47 .When the young man and woman moved out of the building, Grandma Li was very 48 . Another young man moved in and Grandma Li thought, “Well, he 49 .”But at three o’clock the next morning, when Grandma Li 50 , some noise 51 . She 52 carefully. It was a dog. She thought, “There wasn’t any dog here before. It 53 be the young man’s.” She 54 him and telephoned the young man at once. Before the young man could say someth ing, she stopped the call.—Nothing more happened 55 four o’clock. Then Grandma Li’s telephone rang. When she answered the phone, she heard, “I’m the man upstairs. I’m sorry to trouble you, but I want to tell you I don’t have a dog at all!”46. A. upstairs B. up C. above D. higher47. A. get to sleep B. sleeps C. slept D. falls asleep48. A. sad B. pleased C. surprised D. worried49. A. looked quiet B. looks quiet C. looked quite D. looks quite50. A. was sleeping B. was falling asleep C. slept D. was getting to sleep51. A. woke her up B. waked she up C. woke up her D. waked up she52. A. heard B. listened C. was hearing D. listened to】53. A. can B. may C. must D. could54. A. angry with B. angrier with C. is angry with D. was angry with55. A. when B. after C. at D. until9、The difference between life in one country and in 1 is quite often 2the difference between city life and village life in 3 country. In anEnglish 4 everybody 5 everybody else; they know what time you get up,what time you go to bed and what you usually have 6 dinner. If you want any、help, you will always 7 it and be glad to help 8 in return. In a largecity 9 London, there are many things to see and many places to go to. 10people often do not know each other 11 . It 12 happens that you have 13seen your next-door neighbor, don’t know his name or 14 about him. Peopleliving in London are often very 15 , particularly 16 . This is because thepeople who they are with all day are scattered over large areas in the evenings andweekends. 17 you walk 18 the street in London on a Sunday, it is almost like an empty town. One is 19 for old people who do not live with their 20and have no work to go to during the day.|1. A. other B. others C. the other D. another2. A. not so big as B. so big as C. isn’t so big as D. as big as3. A. same B. the same C. different D. different4. A. village B. town C. city D. country5. A. needs B. knows C. helps D calls6. A. at B. for C. in D. with7. A. get B. take C. bring D. pay8. A. any other B. any C. anyone else D. any people>9. A. like B. as C. of D. in10. A. So B. Then C. Though D. But11. A. good B. well C. better D. best12. A. sometimes B. some times C. some time D. sometime13. A. ever B. had C. never D. been14. A. something B. nothing C. everything D. anything15. A. lonely B. happy C. angry D. tired16. A. before work B. at work C. after work D. by work…17. A. If B. After C. Before D. Because18. A. in B. through C. to D. across19. A. lucky B. happy C. surprised D. sorry20. A. daughters B. sons C. children D. people10、Have you ever asked yourself why children go to school You may 1 they go to learn languages, ., history, science and all other 2 . But why do they learn these thingsWe send our children to school to prepare them for the time 3 they will grow up and will begin to work for 4 . Nearly everything they study at school has some practical use in their life. But is that the 5 reason why they go to schoolThere is more in education than just 6 facts. We go to school above all to learn how to learn, so that then we have left school we can 7 to learn. A man who really knows how to learn will always be successful, because whenever he has to do something new which he has never had to do 8 he will rapidly teach himself how to do it 9 the best way. The uneducated person, on the other hand, is 10 unable to do something new, or does it badly. The purpose of school, therefore, is not to teach languages, math, geography, etc, but to teach pupils the way to learn.&( ) 1. A. speak B. tell C. say D. talk( ) 2. A. matters B. subjects C. math D. physics( ) 3. A. while B. when C. which D. where( ) 4. A. oneself B. they C. them D. themselves( ) 5. A. only B. nearly C . lone D. alone( ) 6. A. study B. studied C. learning D. learn( ) 7. A. make B. keep C. keep on D. go on( ) 8. A. later B. ago C. then D. /)( ) 9. A. from B. in C. with D. on( ) 10. A. either B. neither C. other D. nor11．完型填空Someone says, “Time is money”, but I think time is 1 important than money. Why Because when money is spent, we can get it back. However, when time is 2 , it’ll never 3 . That is 4 we must not waste time. It goes without saying that the 5 is usually limited. Ever a second i s very important. We should make full use of our time to 6 useful.But it is a pity that there are a lot of people who do not know the importance of the time. They spent their limited time smoking, drinking and 7 . They do not know that wasting time means wasting part of their own 8 .In a word, we should save time. We shouldn’t 9 today’s work for tomorrow. Remember we have no time to 10 .( ) 1. A. much B. less C. mush less D. even more$( ) 2. A. cost B. bought C. gone D. finished( ) 3. A. return B. carry C. take D. bring( ) 4. A. what B. that C. because D. why( ) 5. A. money B. time C. day D. food( ) 6. A. nothing B. something C. anything D. everything( ) 7. A. reading B. writing C. playing D. working( ) 8. A. time B. food C. money D. life( ) 9. A. stop B. leave C. let D. give>( ) . lose B. save C. spend D. take1.答案：1 DBCBADABDC 2DCDBBDCBBC 3、CCADA AABCB 4、A D C B D A C B D A5、答案6、答案II. 46-50 BCADC 51-55 ABCDA7、答案四．完型填空答案：CBADB BADAD8、答案VI. 46-50 AABBA 51-55 ABCDD9、答案四. DABAB, BACAD, BACDA, CABDC10、答案五. 1-5 CBBDA 6-10 CDDBA11、1-5 DCADB 6-10 BCDBA。

相关文档
最新文档